Categories
ES350 Lexus

Lexus ES350 2023 Safe Usage and Driving User Manual

Lexus Logo

Lexus ES350 2023 Safe Usage and Driving User Manual

Introduction

Welcome to the Lexus ES350 2023 world! Your safety and the safety of other drivers are of the utmost importance as the owner of this exceptional automobile. We’ll provide you all the information you need to know in this manual to make sure your Lexus ES350 2023 is used and driven safely.

To fully comprehend how various technologies work, including adaptive cruise control, lane-keeping assist, blind-spot monitoring, and emergency braking, read the owner’s manual in its entirety. You can maximize the vehicle’s safety features by being aware of these features.

Before Driving

Observe the following before starting off in the vehicle to ensure the safety of driving.

Installing floor mats
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place onto the carpet.

  1. Insert the retaining hooks (clips) into the floor mat eyelets.Lexus ES350 2023 Safe Usage and Driving 01
  2. Turn the upper knob of each retaining hook (clip) to secure the floor mats in place.

Always align the Lexus ES350 2023 Safe Usage and Driving 03 marks Lexus ES350 2023 Safe Usage and Driving 04

The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the illustration.

WARNING
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

When installing the driver’s floor mat

  1. Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year vehicles, even if they are Lexus Genuine floor mats.
  2. Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
  3. Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) provided.
  4. Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
  5. Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.

Before driving

  1. Check that the floor mat is securely fixed in the correct place with all the provided retaining hooks (clips). Be especially careful to perform this check after cleaning the floor.
    Lexus ES350 2023 Safe Usage and Driving 05
  2. With the engine stopped and the shift lever in P, fully depress each pedal to the floor to make sure it does not interfere with the floor mat.

For safe driving

For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate position before driving.

Correct driving postureLexus ES350 2023 Safe Usage and Driving 06

  1. Adjust the angle of the seatback so that you are sitting straight up and so that you do not have to lean forward to steer.
  2. Adjust the seat so that you can depress the pedals fully and so that your arms bend slightly at the elbow when gripping the steering wheel.
  3. Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint closest to the top of your ears.
  4. Wear the seat belt correctly.

WARNING
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.

  1. Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
    Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
  2. Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback. A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
  3. Do not place anything under the front seats.
    Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an accident and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
  4. Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
  5. When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to feel tired.
    Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to continue driving and take a break immediately.

Correct use of the seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.

Adjusting the mirrors
Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside and outside rearview mirrors properly.

FAQs

  1. How do I properly adjust the seat and mirrors for optimal visibility?
    Adjust the driver’s seat to ensure a comfortable driving position with a clear view of the road. To avoid blind spots, adjust the side mirrors and use the rearview mirror to see behind you.
  2. What safety features are available in the Lexus ES350 2023?
    The Lexus ES350 2023 has a number of safety features, including blind-spot monitoring, adaptive cruise control, lane departure alert, and pre-collision system.
  3. How can I ensure the best braking performance in my Lexus ES350?
    To keep the brake pads and rotors in good condition, keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, try to avoid applying the brakes quickly when you can, and schedule routine maintenance.
  4. Is it important to maintain tire pressure in my Lexus ES350?
    Yes, maintaining proper tire pressure is crucial for both performance and safety. Check the tire pressure frequently, and use the owner’s manual to determine the recommended pressures.
  5. Can I use my phone hands-free while driving the Lexus ES350?
    Yes, the Lexus ES350 supports hands-free calling for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Although safety should always come first, you should abide by any local laws regarding cellphone use while driving.
  6. How do I use the adaptive cruise control feature?
    When you use adaptive cruise control, you can set your preferred speed and the system will automatically adjust your car’s speed to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. You should refer to the owner’s manual for specific instructions.
  7. What should I do in case of a vehicle breakdown or emergency?
    Pull over to a safe location in case of an emergency or breakdown, turn on your hazard lights, and call an emergency number to request assistance.
  8. How can I prevent driver fatigue during long drives?
    Make frequent stops, consume lots of water, and avoid driving continuously. Utilize the driver-assistance features of the car to lower the chance of accidents brought on by fatigue.
  9. What precautions should I take when driving in adverse weather conditions?
    When driving in poor weather, slow down, maintain a safe following distance, use your wipers and headlights when necessary, and exercise caution when braking and turning.
  10. Can I install child safety seats in the Lexus ES350 2023?
    The Lexus ES350 does indeed support child safety seats and has ISOFIX anchors. Refer to the owner’s manual of the car and the manufacturer’s instructions for proper installation.
  11. How often should I schedule routine maintenance for my Lexus ES350?
    Regular maintenance is required for your car to function safely and optimally. Consult a Lexus dealership for advice and follow the maintenance schedule suggested in the owner’s manual.
  12. Can I use winter tires on my Lexus ES350 for improved traction?
    Winter tires can in fact increase traction and handling on icy or snowy roads. Consider using winter tires to increase performance and safety during the colder months.
  13. What should I do if the warning lights illuminate the instrument panel?
    The instrument panel’s warning lights may indicate a problem with the vehicle. Consult the owner’s manual to recognize the warning and take the appropriate action, such as scheduling a service appointment.
  14. How can I ensure the best fuel efficiency in my Lexus ES350?
    Maintain the recommended tire pressure, avoid excessive idling, practice smooth acceleration and deceleration, and keep up with routine engine maintenance to maximize fuel economy.
  15. Are there any driver assistance systems that can help with parking?
    The Lexus ES350 2023 has parking assist features like a rearview camera, parking sensors, and a panoramic view monitor to help with parking and safe maneuvering.

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: Lexus ES350 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manuals: Resources | Manuals & Guides | My Lexus

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual

Introduction

A sophisticated and opulent SUV, the Buick Enclave 2022 needs regular care and upkeep to operate at peak efficiency and last as long as possible. Taking care of your Enclave, whether through routine maintenance procedures or preventive measures, will not only keep it looking and running at its best but also improve your safety and enjoyment on the road. In this introduction, we will examine various facets of vehicle maintenance for the Buick Enclave 2022.

Maintaining the best possible condition for your Buick Enclave requires routine maintenance. It is crucial to adhere to the manufacturer’s suggested maintenance schedule for important tasks like engine oil changes, filter replacements, tire rotations, and brake inspections. Following these recommendations will protect the car’s reliability, performance, and fuel economy.

The Enclave’s engine is its beating heart, so it needs to be properly maintained. Regular oil changes help maintain engine lubrication and stop premature wear. They are typically recommended every 5,000 to 7,500 miles, depending on driving conditions. Regular checks of belts, hoses, and fluids, including brake and coolant, guarantee that these parts are operating correctly and can help avoid potential problems.

Keeping tires in top condition is essential for performance and safety. Check the tire pressure frequently because underinflated or overinflated tires can affect handling and fuel economy. To promote even wear and increase tire life, check the depth of the tread on each tire and rotate the tires at the recommended intervals. Don’t forget to look for any damage or uneven wear, as these could point to a suspension or alignment problem.

To keep your Buick Enclave looking its best, you should take care of the exterior. Regular washing and waxing protect the paint from harmful environmental elements like UV rays, pollutants, and road debris. Pay close attention to cleaning the undercarriage as well, particularly in the winter when corrosion from accumulated road salt can occur. Additionally, ensure clear visibility for safe driving by checking and cleaning the windshield and wiper blades.

To maintain the Enclave’s opulent vibe, interior maintenance is just as crucial. Dirt, dust, and debris are removed from surfaces by routine vacuuming and wiping. Utilize the proper cleaning agents and conditioning treatments to safeguard the upholstery and trim. When parking in direct sunlight, think about using sunshades to shield the dashboard and seats from UV deterioration.

Assuring that all electrical components are functioning properly is a crucial component of vehicle maintenance. Regularly check the headlights, taillights, and interior lights for broken or burned-out bulbs. To prevent unplanned breakdowns, keep an eye on the battery’s health by periodically testing it and replacing it as needed.

It’s essential to regularly check the braking system to maximize safety. Pay close attention to the brake pedal’s responsiveness, any strange vibrations or noises, and the state of the brake rotors and pads. For the Enclave to operate safely and effectively, the braking system’s components must be replaced and maintained on schedule.

The heating and cooling systems in the enclave are also given proactive attention. To avoid freezing or overheating, check the coolant level and quality frequently. To ensure the best possible airflow and air quality inside the car, check the filters in the HVAC system and clean or replace them as necessary.

While performing routine maintenance is important, it is equally important to be ready for unforeseen circumstances. A Buick Enclave emergency kit can save your life in the event of a breakdown or other roadside emergencies. A spare tire, jack, jumper cables, flashlight, first aid supplies, and emergency contact information should all be included in the kit.

Finally, it’s critical to stay informed about any Buick Enclave recalls or service bulletins. To make sure your car is up to date with any necessary repairs or upgrades, regularly check with the manufacturer or your neighborhood Buick dealership. Finally, maintain your vehicle properly, is crucial to keeping your Buick Enclave 2022 operating, looking good, and safe. For optimum performance, routine maintenance tasks like oil changes, tire rotations, and filter replacements are essential. A safe and enjoyable ownership experience can also be attained by maintaining the exterior, interior, electrical components, braking system, cooling and heating systems, and emergency preparedness. You can extend the life and value of your Buick Enclave by making time and effort for vehicle maintenance.

General Information

General Information
For service and parts needs, visit your dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 01

California Perchlorate Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories and Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and handling, emissions systems, aerodynamics, durability, and electronic systems like antilock brakes, traction control, and stability control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of factory settings will not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non-GM certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts.

GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle page 63.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your Own Service Work
Warning
It can be dangerous to work on your vehicle if you do not have the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always follow owner’s manual procedures and consult the service manual for your vehicle before doing any service work.

If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Publication Ordering Information page 358.

This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle page 63.
If equipped with remote vehicle start, open the hood before performing any service work to prevent remote starting the vehicle accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start page 14.
Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records page 346.

Caution
Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood
Warning
For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, turn the vehicle off before opening the hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will start when the hood is opened. You or others could be injured.

Warning
Components under the hood can get hot from running the engine. To help avoid the risk of burning unprotected skin, never touch these components until they have cooled, and always use a glove or towel to avoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hood before opening.

To open the hood:

  1. Pull the hood release lever with the Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 02symbol. It is on the lower left side of the instrument panel.Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 03
  2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever under the front center of the hood. Push the secondary hood release lever to the right to release.
  3. After you have partially lifted the hood, the gas strut system will automatically lift the hood and hold it in the fully open position.

To close the hood:

  1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed.
  2. Pull the hood down until the strut system is no longer holding up the hood.
  3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.

Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before driving.

Engine Compartment OverviewBuick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 04

  1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter page 275.
  2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil page 272.
  3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil page 272.
  4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System page 276.
  5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid page 281.
  6. Battery – North America page 282.
    Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System page 276.
  7. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting – North America page 321. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid page 280.
  8. Engine Compartment Fuse Block page 289. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting – North America page 321.

Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful attention must be paid to engine oil. Following these simple, but important steps will help protect your investment:

  • Use engine oil approved to the proper specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this section.
  • Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add Engine Oil” in this section.
  • Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System  274.
  • Always dispose of engine oil properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil
Check the engine oil level regularly, every 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Engine Compartment Overview page 271 for the location.

Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle may be hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or glove to touch the dipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) message displays, check the oil level.

Follow these guidelines:

  • To get an accurate reading, park the vehicle on level ground. Check the engine oil level after the engine has been off for at least two hours. Checking the engine oil level on steep grades or too soon after engine shutoff can result in incorrect readings. Accuracy improves when checking a cold engine prior to starting. Remove the dipstick and check the level.
  • If unable to wait two hours, the engine must be off for at least 15 minutes if the engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if the engine is not warm. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 05If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at the tip of the dipstick and the engine has been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” later in this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications  348.

Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful to the engine. If the oil level is above the operating range (i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross-hatched area that shows the proper operating range), the engine could be damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview page 271 for the location of the engine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way back in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 344.

Specification
Ask for and use full synthetic engine oils that meet the dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have been approved by GM as meeting the dexos1 specification are marked with the dexos1 approved logo. See www.gmdexos.com.Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 06Caution
Failure to use the recommended engine oil or equivalent can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil. Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of extreme cold, where the temperature falls below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier cold starting for the engine at extremely low temperatures.
When selecting an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The recommended oils meeting the dexos1 specification are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and  could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of factors which include engine revolutions, engine temperature, and miles driven. Based on driving conditions, the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every time the oil is changed. When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, it indicates that an oil change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must be reset. Your dealer has trained service people who will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly over the course of an oil drain interval and keep it at the proper level.
If the system is ever reset accidentally, the oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next engine oil change. To reset the system:

  1. Display the REMAINING OIL LIFE on the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) page 114 or
    Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 116.
  2. Press and hold V on the DIC while the Oil Life display is active. The oil life will change to 100%.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when the vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not been reset. Repeat the procedure.

Automatic Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to the dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible. Change the fluid at the intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule page  336, and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 344.

Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the correct automatic transmission fluid. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 344.

If you need to check the transmission fluid level, take the vehicle to your dealer.

Engine Air Filter Life System
If equipped, this feature provides the engine air filter’s remaining life and best timing for a change. The timing to change an engine air filter depends on driving and environmental conditions.

When to Change Engine Air Filter
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the next engine oil change.

When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER SOON message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the earliest convenience. The system must be reset after the engine air filter is changed.
If the CHECK AIR FILTER SYSTEM message displays, see your dealer.

How to Reset Engine Air Filter Life System
Reset the system whenever the engine air filter is replaced so that the system can calculate the next engine air filter change.

To reset:

  1.  Place the vehicle in P (Park).
  2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See
    Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 114 or
    Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page  116.
  3. Press p to move to the Reset/Disable display area. Select Reset then press V for several seconds.
  4. Press V to confirm the reset.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview page 271.

When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter
If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life system, see Maintenance Schedule page 336 .

If equipped with Engine Air Filter Life System, see Engine Air Filter Life System page  275.
. If driving in very dusty areas, follow the engine air filter inspecting and changing intervals, see Maintenance Schedule page 336

  • How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
    Do not start the engine or have the engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and debris.
    Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or components with water or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 07

  1. Remove the five screws and lift the cover off the air cleaner/filter housing.
    Warning
    If part replacement is necessary, the part must be replaced with one of the same part number or with an equivalent part.
    Use of a replacement part without the same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle.
  2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ filter.
  3. Lower the cover on the air cleaner/filter housing and secure with the five screws.
  4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life system after replacing the engine air filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System page  275

Warning
Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when driving.

Cooling System
The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature.

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 08

  1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
  2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and  Pressure Cap

Warning
An underhood electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.

Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle.

Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant needs to be checked and replaced at appropriate intervals. See Maintenance Schedule page 336.
The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating page 279.

What to Use
Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but there would not be an overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. If using this mixture, nothing else needs to be added. This mixture:

  • Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside temperature.
  • Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C (265 °F), engine temperature.
  • Protects against rust and corrosion.
  • Will not damage aluminum  parts.
  • Helps keep the proper engine temperature

Caution
Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage to the engine cooling system and the vehicle, which would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant changed by an authorized service center, familiar with legal requirements regarding used coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your health.

Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level .

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 09

Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do anything else until it cools down. If coolant is visible but the coolant level mark is not visible, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank to the top rib on the middle of the tank, but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done.

See Engine Overheating page 279.
The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview page  271.

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool.
Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but there would not be an overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned.

Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough.

Caution
Failure to follow the specific coolant fill procedure could cause the engine to overheat and could cause system damage. If coolant is not visible in the surge tank, contact your dealer.

If no problem is found, check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the indicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank, but be sure the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool before you do it.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 10

  1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one-quarter of a turn. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose.
  2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 11
  3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the indicated level mark.
  4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fan.
    By this time, the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the indicated
    level mark.
  5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
  6. Verify coolant level after the engine is shut off and the coolant is cold.
    If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure Steps 1–6.
    If the coolant still is not at the proper level when the system cools down again, see your dealer.

Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured.

Engine Overheating
The vehicle has several indicators to warn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolant temperature gauge on the instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge page 97 The vehicle may also display a message on the Driver Information Center (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance Program page 359 .

If the decision is made to lift the hood, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine cooling fan is running. If the engine is overheating, the fan should be running. If it is not, do not continue to run the engine. Have the vehicle serviced.

Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a leak in the engine cooling system. This can cause a loss of all coolant and can damage the system and vehicle. Have any leaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle:

  • Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
  • Stops after high-speed driving.
  • Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam:

  1. Turn the air conditioning off.
  2. Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan Open the windows as necessary.
  3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and let the engine idle.

If the engine coolant temperature gauge is no longer in the overheated area, the vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come back on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine for three minutes while parked. If the warning is still displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down.

Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is needed, be sure to read the manufacturer’s instructions before use. If operating the vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 12

Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Engine Compartment Overview page 271 for reservoir location .

Caution

  • Do not use washer fluid that contains any type of water repellent coating. This can cause the wiper blades to chatter or skip.
  • Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint.
  • Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system.
  • When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for adding water.
  • Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage the tank if it is completely full.

Brakes
Disc brake linings have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake linings are worn and new linings are needed. The sound can come and go or can be heard all the time when the vehicle is moving, except when applying the brake pedal firmly.

Warning
The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well. That could lead to a crash. When the brake wear warning sound is heard, have the vehicle serviced.

Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake linings could result in costly brake repairs.

Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied, clearing up following several applications. This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications page 348.

Brake pads should be replaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes may not work properly. The braking performance can change in many ways if the wrong brake parts are installed or if parts are improperly installed.

Brake Fluid

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 13

The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview page 253 for the location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level should be between the minimum and maximum marks on the brake fluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir may go down:

  • Normal brake lining wear. When new linings are installed, the fluid level goes back up.
  • A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed.
  • With a leak, the brakes will not work well.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are  installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic  system .

Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it can spill on the engine and burn, if the engine is hot enough. You or others could be burned, and the vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light page 108 .

Brake fluid absorbs water over time which degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals to prevent increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule page 336.

What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 344.

Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of braking leading to a possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle’s painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Immediately wash off any painted surface.

Battery – North America
The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove the cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number on the original battery label when a new battery is needed. For replacement of the battery, see your dealer.

Stop/Start System

The vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to help conserve fuel. See Stop/Start System page 213.

It has an Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of a standard 12-volt battery will result in reduced 12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an AGM battery setting on the charger.

If available, use the AGM setting on the charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts

Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories can expose you to chemicals including lead and lead compounds, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

See the warning on the back cover.

Vehicle Storage
Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. Always wear eye protection. See Jump Starting – North America page 321 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery to keep the battery from running down.

Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger.

All-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
Under normal driving conditions, transfer case fluid does not require maintenance unless there is a fluid leak or unusual noise. If required, have the transfer case serviced by your dealer.

Automatic Transmission Shift Lock  Control Function Check
Warning
When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be injured.

  1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle.
    It should be parked on a level surface.
  2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
  3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, but do not start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
Warning
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake.

  • To check the parking brake’s holding ability: With the engine running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only.
  • To check the P (Park) mechanism’s holding ability: With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is required.

Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking. See Maintenance Schedule page 336.

Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways. For proper type and length, see Maintenance Replacement Parts page 345.

Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not allow the wiper arm to touch the windshield.

Front Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the front wiper blades:

  1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away from the windshield.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 14
  2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the wiper blade where the wiper arm attaches.
  3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade down toward the windshield far enough to release it from the J-hooked end of the wiper arm.
  4. Remove the wiper blade.
  5.  Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade replacement.

Caution
Damage may occur if the wiper blades are not in contact with the windshield before turning on the wiper system.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the rear wiper blade:

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 15

  1. Slide a plastic tool under the cover and push upward to unsnap.
  2. Slide the cover toward the wiper blade tip to unhook it from the blade assembly.
  3. Remove the cover.
  4. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 16
  5. Push the release lever (2) to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out of the blade assembly (3).
  6. Push the new blade assembly securely on the wiper arm until the release lever clicks into place.
  7. To reinstall the cover, ensure that the cover hook slides into the slot in the blade assembly.
  8. Snap the cover down to secure.

Windshield Replacement
Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to be replaced and the vehicle is equipped with a front camera sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a GM replacement windshield is recommended. The replacement windshield must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is not, these systems may not work properly, they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper windshield replacement.

Acoustic Windshield
The vehicle is equipped with an acoustic windshield. If the windshield needs to be replaced, be sure to get an acoustic windshield so you will continue to have the benefits an acoustic windshield can provide

Gas Strut(s)
Your vehicle may be equipped with gas strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.

Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced.

Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any objects from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule page 336.

Buick Encore GX 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 21

Hood

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 18

Headlamp Aiming

Front Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim h as been preset and should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer.

Bulb Replacement

For the proper type of replacement bulbs, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer.

Caution
Do not replace incandescent bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.

This vehicle may be equipped with desiccant to reduce fogging inside the headlamp due to moisture. If fogging continues for a long time, see your dealer for service.

LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer.

License Plate Lamp
This section is for vehicles without a Rear Camera Mirror (RCM). Vehicles with an RCM have an LED license plate lamp.

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 19

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 20

Bulb Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

  1. Push the left end of the lamp assembly toward the right.
  2. Turn the lamp assembly down to remove it.
  3. Turn the bulb socket (1) counterclockwise to remove it from the lamp assembly (3).
  4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of the bulb socket (1).
  5. Push the replacement bulb straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to install it into the lamp assembly.
  6. Turn the lamp assembly into the lamp assembly opening engaging the clip side first.
  7. Push on the lamp side opposite the clip until the lamp assembly snaps into place.

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices and Wiring
Warning
Exposure to high voltage can cause shock, burns, and even death. The high voltage components in the vehicle can only be serviced by technicians with special training.
High voltage components are identified by labels. Do not remove, open, take apart, or modify these components. High voltage cable or wiring has orange covering or labels. Do not probe, tamper with, cut, or modify high voltage cable or wiring.

Electrical System Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to protect against an electrical system overload.

When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit until the current load returns to normal or the problem is fixed. This greatly reduces the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protect power devices in the vehicle.

If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible.

To check a fuse, look at the band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a fuse of the identical size and rating .

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 29 Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 30

Replacing a Blown Fuse

  1. Turn off the vehicle .
  2. Locate the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse block .
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 31Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual33
  3. Use the fuse puller to remove the fuse from the top or side, as shown above.
  4. If the fuse must be replaced immediately, borrow a replacement fuse with the same amperage from the fuse block. Choose a vehicle feature that is not needed to safely operate the Repeat Steps 2-3.
  5. Insert the replacement fuse into the empty slot of the blown fuse.

At the next opportunity, see your dealer to replace the blown fuse.

Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off.

Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart.

Although the circuit is protected from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems.

Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked with their ampere rating. Do not exceed the specified amperage rating when replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can result in a vehicle fire. You and others could be seriously injured or killed.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual34

Warning
Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result in a fire. You or others could be injured or killed, and the vehicle could be damaged.

See Accessories and Modifications page 269. and General Information page 269.
To check or replace a blown fuse, see Electrical System Overload page 287.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

The underhood fuse block is in the engine compartment, on the driver side of the vehicle.

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 24

Caution
Do not pull the engine compartment fuse block lever, since it is intended only for service purposes. If pulled, vehicle malfunction may occur.

To remove the fuse block cover, press the clips on the cover and lift it straight up.

Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

To remove fuses, use the fuse puller and pull straight out.

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 25

Fuses Usage

  • F1 Antilock Brake
    System Pump
  • F2 Starter 1
  • F3 DC DC Transformer 1
  • F4 –
  • F5 DC DC Transformer 2
  • F6 –
  • F7 –
  • F8 –
  • F9 Vacuum Pump
  • F10 Front Wiper
  • F11 –
  • F12 –
  • F13 Starter 2
  • F14 –
  • F15 Rear Wiper
  • F16 –
  • F17 –
  • F18 –

Fuses Usage

  • F19 –
    F20 –
    F21 –
    F22 Electronic Brake Control
    Module
    F23 Parking/Trailer Lamps
    F24 Right Trailer Stoplamp/
    Turnlamp
    F25 Steering Column Lock
    F26 –
    F27 Left Trailer Stoplamp/
    Turnlamp
    F28 –
    F29 –
    F30 Washer Pump
    F31 –
    F32 Left Low – Beam
    Headlamp
    F33 Daylight Running Lamps
    F34 Horn
    F35 –

Fuses Usage

  • F36 –
    F37 Right Low – Beam
    Headlamp
    F38 Automatic Headlamp
    Leveling Motor
    F39 Transmission Control
    Module
    F40 Left Rear Bus Electrical
    Center/Ignition
    F41 Instrument Cluster
    F42 Heating, Ventilation,
    and Air Conditioning
    F43 Head-up Display/
    Reflective Light
    Auxiliary Display
    F44 Communication
    Gateway Module/Run/
    Crank
    F45 –
    F46 –
    F47 –
    F48 –
    F49 Interior Rearview Mirror

Fuses Usage

  • F50 Fuel Tank Zone Module/
    Shifter Interface Board/
    Run/Crank
    F51 Heated Steering Wheel
    F52 Folding Seats Switch
    F53 Coolant Pump
    F54 –
    F55 Air Conditioning Clutch
    F56 –
    F57 Engine Control Module/
    Ignition
    F58 Transmission Control
    Module/Ignition
    F59 Engine Control Module
    Battery
    F60 Engine Control
    Module – Even
    F61 O2 Sensor 1/Air Flow
    F62 –
    F63 O2 Sensor 2/Canister/
    Engine Oil/Turbo
    F64 Aeroshutter

Fuses Usage

F65 Engine Control Module
Powertrain 1
F66 Engine Control Module
Powertrain 2
F67 Engine Control
Module – Odd
F68 –
F69 –
F70 –
F71 –
F72 –
F73 –
F74 –
F75 –
F76 –
F77 –

Relays Usage

  • K1 Starter 1
    K2 Run/Crank
    K3 Vacuum Pump

Relays Usage

  • K4 –
    K5 Air Conditioning
    K6 –
    K7 Engine Control Module
    K8 Folding Seats
    K9 –
    K10 Starter 2

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 26

The instrument panel fuse block is inside the center console on the passenger side of the vehicle.

Remove the fuse access door by pulling the door at the opening.
To remove a fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.

Fuses Usage

  • F1 Body Control Module 6
    F2 Diagnostic Link
    F3 Electric Steering
    Column Lock
    F4 Rear USB Port
    F5 Rear Sunshade/Park/ Reverse/Neutral/ Drive/Low
    F6 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
    F7 Body Control Module 3
    F8 Adaptive Front Lighting System
    F9 Right Front Heated Seat
    F10 Airbag
    F11 –
    F12 Amplifier
    F13 Body Control Module 7
    F14 Left Front Heated Seat
    F15 –

Fuses Usage

  • F16 Sunroof
    F17 Communication
    Gateway Module
    F18 Instrument Cluster/
    Head Up Display
    F19 Body Control Module 1
    F20 Wireless Charger Module
    F21 Body Control Module 4
    F22 Infotainment
    F23 Body Control Module 2
    F24 Park/Reverse/Neutral/ Drive/Low
    F25 Park Assist/Shifter
    Interface Board
    F26 Communications Integration Module
    F27 Video
    F28 Radio/Heating,
    Ventilation, and Air
    Conditioning Display
    F29 Radio

Fuses Usage

  • F30 Steering Wheel Controls
    F31 Front Blower
    F32 DC AC Inverter
    F33 Driver Power Seat
    F34 Passenger Power Seat
    F35 Feed/Body Control
    Module 4
    F36 Electric Power Steering
    F37 Power Outlet/Wireless
    Charger/Accessory
    F38 Body Control Module 8
    F39 –

Circuit Breakers/ Minifuse Usage

  • F40 –
    F41 –
    F42 Auxiliary Power Outlet (CB)/Lighter (Minifuse

Rear Compartment Fuse Block

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 28

The rear compartment fuse block is behind a trim panel on the driver side of the rear storage compartment.

The trim panel is removed by prying along the top edge of the trim panel at two notched locations. Remove the trim panel to access the fuse block, or see your dealer.

To remove a fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse block.

The fuse block label is on the back of the access door in the driver side rear trim panel .

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 29

Fuses  Usage

  • F1     –
  • F2   Trailer

Fuses Usage

  • F3 Folding Seats
    F4 Rear Blower

Fuses Usage

  • F5 Rear Drive Control
    F6 –
    F7 Right Window
    F8 Rear Defogger
    F9 Left Window
    F10 –
    F11 Trailer Reverse
    F12 USB Port/Third Row
    Seats
    F13 –
    F14 –
    F15 –
    F16 –
    F17 – /Air Quality Sensor
    F18 –
    F19 Ventilated Seats/ Massage
    F20 –
    F21 –
    F22 –

Fuses Usage

  • F23 –
    F24 Lumbar
    F25 –
    F26 Trailer Brake Lamps
    F27 Massage
    F28 Passive Entry/Passive
    Start
    F29 –
    F30 Canister Vent
    F31 –
    F32 Heated Mirrors
    F33 USB Port/Second Row Seats
    F34 Liftgate Module
    F35 Fuel System Control
    Module/Fuel Tank Zone Module
    F36 –
    F37 –
    F38 Window Module
    F39 Rear Closure

Fuses Usage
F40 Memory Seat Module
F41 Automatic Occupancy
Sensor
F42 –
F43 –
F44 –
F45 Liftgate Motor
F46 Rear Heated Seats
F47 –
F48 –
F49 –
F50 –
F51 –
F52 Semi-Active Dampening System Module
F53 –
F54 External Object
Calculating Remote System/Side Blind Zone Alert
F55 –

Fuses Usage

F56 Universal Remote System/Overhead Console/Humidity/Rain Sensor
F57 Hands Free Closure Release Circuit Breakers Usage
CB1 –
CB2 –
CB3 Rear Auxiliary Power Outlet

Relays Usage

  • K1 –
    K2 –

Wheels and Tires

Tires
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for information regarding the tire  warranty and where to get service. For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer.

Warning

  • Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous.
  • Overloading the tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing. There could be a blowout and a serious crash. See Vehicle Load Limits page 208
  • Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. The resulting crash could cause serious Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the tires are cold.
  • Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
  • Worn or old tires can cause a crash. If the tread is badly worn, replace them.
  • Replace any tires that have been damaged by impacts with potholes, curbs, etc.
  • Improperly repaired tires can cause a crash. Only your dealer or an authorized tire service center should repair, replace, dismount, and mount the tires.
  • Do not spin the tires in excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode.
  • See Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation page 303 for inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed driving.

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with all-season tires These tires are designed to provide good overall performance on most road surfaces  and weather conditions. Original equipment tires designed to GM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. Original equipment all-season tires can be identified by the last two characters of this TPC code, which will be “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they may not offer the same level of traction or performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires page 297.

Winter Tires
This vehicle was  not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased traction on snow and ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice or snow covered roads is expected. See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires page 310.

With winter tires, there may be decreased dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking.

If using winter tires:

  • Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions.
  • Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and speed rating as the original equipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. If winter tires with a lower speed rating are chosen, never exceed the tire’s maximum speed capability.

Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall. The examples show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 43

Passenger Tire Example

  1. Tire Size : The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. See the “Tire Size” illustration in this section.
  2. TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM’s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
    • DOT (Department of Transportation) : The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
  3. DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year.
  4. Tire Identification Number (TIN) :
    The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.
  5. Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.
  6. Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors: tread wear, traction, and temperature resistance. For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading page 311.
  7. Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 43

Compact Spare Tire Example

  1. Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.
  • Temporary Use Only : The compact spare tire or temporary use tire should not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire, see Compact Spare Tire page 308 and If a Tire Goes Flat page 303.
    1. Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.
    2. Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load.
    3. Tire Inflation : The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Tire Pressure page 292
    4. Tire Size : A combination of letters and numbers define a tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. The letter “T” as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only.
    5. TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the GM’s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines.

Tire Designations
Tire Size

The example shows a typical passenger vehicle tire size.

Buick Encore GX 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 52

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire

  • Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letter “P” as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim
  • Tire Width : The 3-digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.
  • Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that indicates the tire height-to-width measurements. For example, if the tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item (3) of the illustration, it would mean that the tire’s sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide.
    • Construction Code : A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire. The letter “R” means radial ply construction; the letter “D” means diagonal or bias ply construction .
    • Rim Diameter : Diameter of the wheel in inches.
    • Service Description : These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire. The load index represents the load carrying capacity a tire is certified to carry. The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load.
    • Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure : The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch.
    • Accessory Weight : The combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power windows, power seats, and air conditioning.
      Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a tire’s height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Play Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch) before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure page 302.

DOT Markings : A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and date of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits page 208 .

  • GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits page 208.
  • GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Limits page 208.
  • Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
  • Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air pressure.
  • Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles
  • Load Index : An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
  • Maximum Load Rating : The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
  • Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacity weight, and production options weight.
  • Normal Occupant Weight : The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Limits page 208.
  • Occupant Distribution : Designated seating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The side of the tire that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer’s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.
  • See Uniform Tire Quality Grading page 311.
  • Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
  • Rim: A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.
  • Sidewall: The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.
  • Speed Rating: An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.
  • Traction: The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
  • Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
  • Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands, sometimes called wear bars, that show across the tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See When It Is Time for New Tires page 298
  • UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards): A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings  for a tire’s traction, temperature, and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading page 311.
  • Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Limits page 208.
  • Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Load on an individual tire due to curb weight, accessory weight, occupant weight, and cargo weight
  • Vehicle Placard : A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle’s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading Information Label” under Vehicle Load Limits page 208.
  • Tire Pressure

  • Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively.

Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor overinflation is good. Underinflated tires, or tires that do not have enough air, can result in:

  • Tire overloading and overheating, which could lead to a blowout
  • Premature or irregular wear
  • Poor handling
  • Reduced fuel economy for internal combustion engine vehicles
  • Reduced range for electric vehicles
  • Overinflated tires, or tires that have too much air, can result in:
  • Unusual wear
  • Poor handling
  • Rough ride
  • Needless damage from road hazards

The Tire and Loading Information label on the vehicle indicates the original equipment tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The recommended pressure is the minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle’s maximum load carrying capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits page 208.

How the vehicle is loaded affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never load the vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry.

When to Check
Check the pressure of the tires once a month or more. Do not forget the spare, if the vehicle has one. The compact spare cold tire pressure should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See Compact Spare Tire page 320.

How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge to check tire pressure. Proper tire inflation cannot be determined by looking at the tire. Check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold, meaning the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the inflation pressure is low, add air until the recommended pressure is reached. If the inflation pressure is high, press on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the valve stems to keep out dirt and moisture.
Use only valve caps designed for the vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation

Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, puts additional strain on tires. Sustained high-speed driving causes excessive heat buildup and can cause sudden tire failure. This could cause a crash, and you or others could be killed. Some high-speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for
high-speed operation. When speed limits and road conditions allow the vehicle to be driven at high speeds, make sure the tires are rated for high-speed operation,  are in excellent condition, and are set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table require inflation pressure adjustment when driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire inflation pressure to the corresponding value in the table for the tire size on the vehicle.

High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures
Tire SizeCold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi)
255/65R18280 kPa (41 psi)
255/55R20280 kPa (41 psi)

Return the tires to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure when high-speed driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits page  208 and Tire Pressure page  302.

Tire Pressure Monitor System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces energy efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation page 305.
See Radio Frequency Statement page 359.

Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly, excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual46

When a low tire pressure condition is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument cluster. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits page 208

A message to check the pressure in a specific tire displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC). The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure. Using the DIC, tire pressure levels can be viewed. For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 114 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 116.

The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and  needs to be inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label, attached to your vehicle, shows the size of the original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits page208, for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see Tire Pressure page 302.

The TPMS can warn about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection page 308, Tire Rotation page 296 .

Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved tire sealant could damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use only the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer or included in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a malfunction, the low tire pressure warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. The malfunction light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected. Some of the conditions that can cause these to come on are:

  • One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and DIC message should go off after the road tire is replaced and the sensor matching process is performed See “TPMS Sensor Matching Process” later in this section.
  • The TPMS sensor matching process was not done or not completed successfully after rotating the tires. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after successfully completing the sensor matching See “TPMS Sensor Matching Process” later in this section.
  • One or more TPMS sensors are missing or The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See your dealer for service.

Replacement tires or wheels do not match the original equipment tires or wheels.

Tires and wheels other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. See Buying New Tires page 310.

  • Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning properly it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure condition. See your dealer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message come on and stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
This feature provides visual and audible alerts outside the vehicle to help when inflating an underinflated tire to the recommended cold tire pressure.

When the low tire pressure warning light comes on:

  1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place.
  2. Set the parking brake firmly .
  3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
  4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. The turn signal lamp will flash.

When the recommended pressure is reached, the horn sounds once and the turn signal lamp will stop flashing and briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires that have illuminated the low tire pressure warning light.

Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured. Do not exceed the maximum pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall Labeling page 288 and Vehicle Load Limits page 208.

If the tire is overinflated by more than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple times and the turn signal lamp will continue to flash for several seconds after filling stops. To release and correct the pressure, while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, briefly press the center of the valve stem. When the recommended pressure is reached, the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flash within 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has not been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers are on, the tire fill alert visual feedback will not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert properly under the following conditions:

  • There is interference from an external device or transmitter.
  • The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire.
  • There is a malfunction in the TPMS .
  • There is a malfunction in the horn or turn signal lamps.
  • The identification code of the TPMS sensor is not registered to the system.
  • The battery of the TPMS sensor is low.

If the tire fill alert does not operate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again.

If the tire fill alert feature is not working, use a tire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor Matching Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code. The identification code needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor matching process should also be performed after replacing a spare tire with a road tire containing the TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off at the next ignition cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, in the following order: driver side front tire, passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool.

A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match the first tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer, the matching process stops and must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matching process is:

  1. Set the parking brake.
  2. Turn the ignition on without starting the vehicle or place the vehicle in Service Mode. See Ignition Positions 0 193.
  3. Use SELECT or  CaptureBuick Encore GX 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 001to select the Vehicle in the Base Level Driver Information Center (DIC). Or Use SELECT or  CaptureBuick Encore GX 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 001 to select the Info page in the Uplevel Driver Information Center (DIC).
  4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to the Tire Pressure Learn Menu Item (Base DIC) or the Tire Pressure Menu Item screen (Uplevel DIC).
  5. Press and hold Buick Encore GX 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 002 the thumbwheel to begin the sensor matching process.
    A message requesting acceptance of the process may display.
  6. If requested, press Buick Encore GX 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 002 or the thumbwheel again to confirm the selection. The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen.
  7. Start with the driver side front tire.
  8. Place the relearn tool against the tire sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press the button to activate the TPMS sensor. A horn chirp confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position.
  9. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8.
  10. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8.
  11. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8. The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active. The TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off.
  12. Turn the vehicle off.
  13. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label.

Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be inspected for signs of wear or damage at least once a month.

Replace the tire if:

  • The indicators at three or more places around the tire can be seen.
  • There is cord or fabric showing through the tire’s rubber.
  • The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric.
  • The tire has a bump, bulge, or other  damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage.
  • Tire Rotation
    Tires should be rotated according to the interval specified in the Maintenance Schedule. See Maintenance Schedule page 336.

Tires are rotated to achieve a more uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation is the most important.

Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the tires as soon as possible, check for proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual wear continues after the rotation, check the wheel alignment.

See When It Is Time for New Tires page 309 and Wheel Replacement page 313.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 47

Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires.

Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires to the recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after the tires have been rotated. See Tire Pressure page 292 and Vehicle Load Limits page 208.

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation page 293.

Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications page 333, and “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing page 315.

Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter of the wheel hub opening with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust buildup.

Warning
Do not apply grease to the wheel mounting surface, wheel conical seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. Grease applied to these areas could cause a wheel to become loose or come off, resulting in a crash.

When It Is Time for New Tires
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual47

Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection page 308. an Tire Rotation page 308.

The rubber in tires ages over time. This also applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire manufacture date, which is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year.

Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally mounted on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, clean area away from direct sunlight to slow  aging. This area should be free of grease, gasoline, or other substances that can deteriorate rubber.

Parking for an extended period can cause flat spots on the tires that may result in vibrations while driving. When storing a vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched specific tires for the vehicle. The original equipment tires installed were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) system rating. When replacement tires are needed, GM strongly recommends buying tires with the same TPC Spec rating.

GM’s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of the vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM’s

TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire’s sidewall near the tire size. If the tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC Spec number will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling page 288  for additional information.

GM recommends replacing worn tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to maintain the performance of the vehicle. Braking and handling performance may be adversely affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. If proper rotation and maintenance have been done, all four tires should wear out at about the same time. However, if it is necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. See Tire Rotation page 308.

Warning
Tires could explode during improper service. Attempting to mount or dismount a tire could cause injury or death. Only your dealer or authorized tire service center should mount or dismount the tires.

Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes (other than those originally installed on the vehicle), brands, tread patterns, or types may cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in a crash or other vehicle damage. Use the correct size, brand, and type of tire on all wheels.

Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle may cause the wheel rim flanges to develop cracks after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle.

Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR speed rated tires. Never exceed the winter tires’ maximum speed capability when using winter tires with a lower speed rating.

If the vehicle tires must be replaced with a tire that does not have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the original tires.

The Tire and Loading Information label indicates the original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits .

Different Size Tires and Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, ride and handling characteristics, stability, and resistance to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the performance of these systems can also be affected .

Warning
If different sized wheels are used, there may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a crash and serious injury. Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires page  310 and Accessories and Modifications page 269.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), which grades tires by treadwear, traction, and temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires.

The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires.

While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades.

Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing are not necessary on a regular basis. Consider an alignment check if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the left or right, depending on the crown of the road and/or other road surface variations such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing are not necessary on a regular basis. Consider an alignment check if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the left or right, depending on the crown of the road and/or other road surface variations such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new GM original equipment parts .

Warning
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air and cause loss of control, resulting in a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.

Replacing a wheel with a used one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been driven may be unknown.

It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. When replacing wheels, use a new GM original equipment wheel.

Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis.

Tire Chains
Warning
If the vehicle has a tire size other than 255/65R18, do not use tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause loss of control and a crash. Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for the vehicle’s tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that manufacturer’s instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drive slow and readjust or remove the traction device if it contacts the vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If traction devices are used, install them on the front tires.

Caution
If the vehicle is equipped with 255/65R18 size tires, use tire chains only where legal and only when necessary. Use low profile chains that add no more than 12 mm thickness to the tire tread and inner sidewall. Use chains that are the proper size for the tires. Install them on the tires of the front axle. Do not use chains on the tires of the rear axle. Tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions.
If the chains contact the vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the contact continues, slow down until it stops. Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires are maintained properly. See Tires page 296. If air goes out of a tire, it is much more likely to leak out slowly. But if there is ever a blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.

Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or an authorized tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible.

Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

See Hazard Warning Flashers page  133.

Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall causing injury or death. Find a level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving:

  1. Set the parking brake firmly.
    ‘Put the vehicle in P (Park).
  2. Turn the vehicle off and do not restart the vehicle while it is raised.
  3. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle.
  4. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual48

  1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
  2. Flat Tire

The following information explains how to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
To access the spare tire and tools:

  1. Open the liftgate.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 37
  2. Lift the load floor.
  3. Remove the cargo management system.
    See Cargo Management System page 85.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 38Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire
  1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat page 314.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 39
  2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen all the wheel nuts, but do not remove them yet.
  3. Place the jack at the position marked with a half circle.
    Caution
    Make sure that the jack lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 40
  4. Position the jack lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire.
    The jacking location is indicated by a half circle notch in the metal flange. The jack must not be used in any other position.
  5. Warning
    Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
    Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.
    Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.

Caution
Using a jack to raise the vehicle without positioning it correctly could damage your vehicle. When raising your vehicle on a jack, be sure to position it correctly under the frame and avoid contact with the plastic molding.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 53

  1. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the jack lift head until the slots in the jack head fit into the metal flange behind the cut out on the plastic molding. Do not raise the vehicle yet.
  2. Put the compact spare tire near you.
  3. Turn the wrench clockwise in the jack to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so that there is enough room for the spare tire to fit under the wheel well.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 42
  4. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
  5. Remove the flat tire.
    Warning
    Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 43
  6. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel.
  7. Place the spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface.
  8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
  9. Remove the flat tire.
    Warning
    Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.
    Warning
    Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle’s wheel could fall off, causing a crash.
  10. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub.
  11. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
    Warning
    Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0  for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications.
    Caution
    Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications page 332 for the wheel nut torque specification.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual56
  12. Lower the jack all the way and remove the jack from under the vehicle.
  13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly with the wheel wrench.

 

Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle’s compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged.

Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.

Storing the Flat Tire 

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 45

  1. Liftgate Hinges
  2. Cable
  3. Center of the Wheel
  4. Door Striker

To store the flat tire:

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 46

  1. Remove the cable package from under the spare tire, jack, and tools.
  2. Remove the small cap by tapping the back of the cap with the extension of the shaft, if the vehicle has aluminum wheels.
  3. Put the flat tire in the rear storage area with the valve stem facing the rear of the vehicle.
  4. Pull the cable through the door striker and the center of the wheel.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 47
  5. Make sure the metal tube is centered at the striker. Push the tube toward the front of the vehicle.
  6. Close the liftgate and make sure it is fully latched.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 48
  7. Lower the liftgate enough to be able to hook the cable onto the outside portion of the liftgate hinges.
  8. Hook the other end of the cable onto the outside portion of the liftgate hinge on the other side of the vehicle.
  9. Pull on the cable to make sure it is secure.

The compact spare is for temporary use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire
Warning
Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling. This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured. Use only one compact spare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when new; however, it can lose air over time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check that the spare tire is correctly inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare  tire is designed for temporary use only. The vehicle will perform differently with the spare tire installed and it is recommended that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare tire, have the standard tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire, the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control systems may engage until the spare tire is recognized by the vehicle, especially on slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce  possible wheel slip.

Caution
When the compact spare is installed, do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel together.

Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact spare. Using them can damage the vehicle and the chains. Do not use tire chains on the compact spare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting – North America
For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery – North America page 282
If the battery has run down, try to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely.

Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories can expose you to chemicals including lead and lead compounds, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because

  • They contain acid that can burn you.
  • They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
  • They contain enough electricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you.

Caution
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage the vehicle.

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 49

Caution
If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal.

 

Connection Points and Sequence

  1. Discharged Battery Positive (+) Terminal
  2. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal
  3. Good Battery Negative (−) Terminal
  4. Discharged Battery Negative (−) Grounding Point

The discharged battery positive (+) terminal

The discharged battery negative (–) grounding point

The good battery positive (+) terminal

The good battery negative (–) terminal are on the battery of the vehicle providing the jump start.

The discharged battery positive (+) terminal is under a cover. Open the cover to expose the terminal.

  1. . Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system.
    Caution
    If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a negative ground for jump starting.
  2. Position the two vehicles so that they are not touching.
  3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic transmission, or Neutral with a manual transmission.
    Caution
    If any accessories are left on or plugged in during the jump starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting.
  4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights and accessories in both vehicles, except the hazard warning flashers if needed
    Warning
    An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.
    Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light.
    Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with water and get medical help immediately.
    Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running.
  5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) cable to the discharged battery positive (+) terminal.
  6. Connect the other end of the red positive (+) cable to the good battery positive (+) terminal.
  7. Connect one end of the black negative (–) cable to the good battery negative (–) terminal.
  8. Connect the other end of the black negative (–) cable to the discharged battery negative (–) grounding point.
  9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes.
  10. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it probably needs service.

Caution
If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal.

Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Transporting a Disabled Vehicle

Caution
Incorrectly transporting a disabled vehicle may cause damage to the vehicle. Use proper tire straps to secure the vehicle to the flatbed tow truck. Do not strap or hook to any frame, underbody,
or suspension component not specified below. Do not move vehicles with drive axle tires on the ground. Damage is not covered by the vehicle warranty.

The vehicle may be equipped with an electric parking brake and/or an electronic shifter. In the event of a loss of 12-volt battery power, the electric parking brake cannot be released, and the vehicle cannot be shifted to N (Neutral). Tire skates or dollies must be used under the non-rolling tires to prevent damage while loading/unloading the vehicle. Dragging the vehicle will cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

The vehicle may be equipped with an electric parking brake and/or an electronic shifter. In the event of a loss of 12-volt battery power, the electric parking brake cannot be released, and the vehicle cannot be shifted to N (Neutral). Tire skates or dollies must be used under the non-rolling tires to prevent damage while loading/unloading the vehicle. Dragging the vehicle will cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Contact a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be transported. GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to help reduce approach angles, if necessary.

If equipped, a tow eye may be located near the spare tire or emergency jack. Do not use the tow eye to pull the vehicle from the snow, mud, sand, or ditch. Tow eye threads may have right or left-hand threads. Use caution when installing or removing the tow eye.

The vehicle must be in N (Neutral) and the electric parking brake must be released when loading the vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck.

  • If the vehicle is equipped with car wash mode and has 12-volt battery power, refer to “Car Wash Mode” under Automatic Transmission page 207 to place the vehicle in N (Neutral).
  • If the 12-volt battery is dead and/or the engine will not start, the vehicle will not move. Try to jump start the Refer to Jump Starting – North America page 309 and if the jump start is successful, retry the “Car Wash Mode” procedure.
  • If jump starting is unsuccessful, the vehicle will not move. Tire skates or dollies must be used under the non-rolling tires to prevent vehicle damage.

Front Attachment Points

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 50The vehicle is equipped with specific attachment points to be used by the towing provider. These holes may be used to pull the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the flatbed tow truck.

Recreational Vehicle Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.

Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly.

Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing:

  • Before towing the vehicle, become familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws may vary by region.
  • The towing capacity of the towing vehicle. Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer’s recommendations.
  • How far the vehicle will be towed. Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can be towed.
  • The proper towing equipment. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations.
  • If the vehicle is ready to be towed. Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed.

Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only use one that attaches to the towing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 62

Caution
If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground, the drivetrain components could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.

The vehicle is not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground. If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly should be used. See the following information on dolly towing.

Dolly Towing

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 63

Driving onto a Dolly

  1. Park the vehicle on level ground in front of the dolly and turn the vehicle off.
  2. Make sure the parking brake is released .
  3. Press and hold ENGINE START/STOP with your foot off the brake for five seconds.
  4. Hold the brake pedal down and press the parking brake switch for 15 seconds until the service parking brake light flashes.
  5. While the service parking brake light is still flashing, remove your foot from the brake pedal and release the parking brake switch.
  6. Immediately press and release the parking brake switch again while the service park brake light is still flashing.
  7. Start the vehicle and drive onto the dolly.
  8. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
  9. Turn off the vehicle .
  10. Open the hood.
  11. Exit the vehicle and secure the vehicle onto the dolly.
  12. Disconnect the negative (–) terminal connector from the 12-volt battery.
  13. Close the hood of the vehicle .

Removing the Vehicle from a Dolly

  1. Make sure the vehicle is secured to the
  2. Open the door and hood of the vehicle .
  3. Connect the negative (–) terminal connector from the 12-volt
  4. Press and hold ENGINE START/STOP with your foot off the brake for five seconds.
  5. Hold the brake pedal down and press the parking brake switch for five seconds until the parking brake light flashes.
  6. Turn the vehicle off.
  7. Disconnect the vehicle and remove it from the dolly.

Towing the Vehicle from the Rear

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 64

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 65

Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have the vehicle towed from the rear.

Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a deicing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 328.

Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle’s finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight.

Caution
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint and decals.

Caution
Do not power wash any component under the hood that has this e symbol.
This could cause damage that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, must be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and after, to remove all cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting.

Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ wax materials is not recommended.

If painted surfaces are damaged, see your dealer to have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.

Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing should be done to remove residue from the paint finish. See your dealer for approved cleaning products.|
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.

Caution
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new, keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings

Caution
Failure to clean and protect the bright metal moldings can result in a hazy white finish or pitting. This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on the vehicle are aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. To prevent damage always follow these cleaning instructions:

  • Be sure the molding is cool to the touch before applying any cleaning solution.
    • Use only approved cleaning solutions for aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel.
  • Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain alkaline substances and can damage the moldings.
    • Always dilute a concentrated cleaner according to the manufacturer’s
    • Do not use cleaners that are not intended for automotive use.
    • Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle after washing to protect and extend the molding finish.
  • Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and Stripes
    Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and stripes. Follow instructions under “Washing the Vehicle” previously in this section. Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean or wipe them when dry. Do not use any of the following on lamp covers:
  • Abrasive or caustic agents
  • Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations than suggested by the manufacturer
  • Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners
  • Ice scrapers or other hard items
  • Aftermarket appearance caps or covers while the lamps are illuminated, due to excessive heat generated.
  • Caution
    Failure to clean lamps properly can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
  • Caution
    Using wax on low gloss black finish stripes can increase the gloss level and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low gloss stripes with soap and water only.

Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes, between the hood and windshield, when washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 55

The vehicle may have a shutter system designed to help improve fuel economy. Keep the shutter system clear of debris, snow and ice. If the check engine light is activated, please check to see if the shutter system is clear of debris, snow or ice.

Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry climates may require more frequent application. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 344.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean the tires.

Caution
Using petroleum-based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tire dressing, always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied.

Caution
Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium chloride or calcium chloride. These are used on roads for conditions such as dust and ice. Always wash the chrome with soap and water after exposure.

Caution
To avoid surface damage on wheels and wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, or brushes. Use only GM approved cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash that uses silicon carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect all other brake parts for cracks and leaks.

Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least once a year.

Inspect power steering for proper electrical connections, binding, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinges, unless the components are plastic. Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to thoroughly clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty.

Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches with touch-up materials available from your dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer’s body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this section.

Interior Care

To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly clean the vehicle’s interior. Before using cleaners, read and follow all safety instructions on the label. While cleaning the interior, open the doors and windows to get proper ventilation. Newspapers or dark garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s interior.

Caution
Immediately remove cleaners, hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or permanent damage may result.

Caution
Use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned to prevent permanent damage to the vehicle. Apply all cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any switches or controls.

When using liquid soap cleaners, follow the directions on the specific cleaner or soap solution for dilution instructions.

To prevent damage:

  • Never use a razor or any other sharp object to remove soil from any interior surface
  • Never use a brush with stiff
  • Never rub any surface aggressively or with too much pressure.
  • Do not get any exposed electrical components wet.
  • Do not use laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap.
  • Do not heavily saturate the upholstery when cleaning.
  • Do not use solvents or cleaners containing solvents.
  • Do not use disinfecting wipes that are scented or contain Do not use wipes or cleaners that show a color transfer to the wipe or change the appearance of the interior surface when used.
  • Do not use scented or gel-type hand sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in contact with interior surfaces of the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap and water solution.

Interior Glass
To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabric dampened with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water.

Caution
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive cleaners or aggressive cleaning may damage the rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three to six months of ownership will reduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean spots with water and mild soap.

Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.

  • When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water .
  • When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water.

Vinyl/Rubber
If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floor mats, use a soft cloth and/or brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap and water solution.

Warning
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on vinyl/rubber floor and mats. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the vinyl/rubber and can make the floor slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove as much of the soil as possible:

Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed.

  • For solid soils, remove as much as possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

  1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Microfiber cloth is recommended to prevent lint transfer to the fabric or carpet.
  2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth.
  3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently to prevent forcing the soil into the fabric .
  4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning
  5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water.

If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that can scratch the surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.

Caution
Do not attach a device with a suction cup to the display. This may cause damage and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces

Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from knobs and crevices on the instrument cluster. Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap and water solution.

Caution
Soaking or saturating leather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interior surfaces, may cause permanent damage. Wipe excess moisture from these surfaces after cleaning and allow them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use liquids that contain alcohol or solvents on leather seats. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim, and are not recommended.

Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, especially on the instrument panel. Reflected glare can decrease visibility through the windshield under certain conditions.

Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause permanent damage to plastics and painted surfaces. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Damage caused by air fresheners would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover and Convenience Net
If equipped, wash with warm water and mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats
Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Interference with the pedals can cause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.

Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat use:

  • The original equipment floor mats are designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need to be replaced, it is recommended that GM-certified floor mats are purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere .
  • Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor.
  • Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over.
  • Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat.
  • Use only a single floor mat on the driver side.
  • Do not place one floor mat on top of another.

Button Retainer

Buick Enclave 2022 Vehicle Care User Manual 56

Some vehicles have floor mats with a button-type retainer.

Removing and Replacing the Floor Mat

  1. Pull up on the rear of the mat to unlock and remove.
  2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining up the floor mat opening over the carpet retainer and snapping into position.
  3. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.

Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)

See “Vinyl/Rubber” under Interior Care page  330 for important cleaning information.

FAQs

  1. How often should I change the engine oil in my Enclave 2022?
    Your Enclave 2022’s engine oil should typically be changed every 5,000 to 7,500 miles, or as directed by the manufacturer.
  2. What type of fuel should I use in my Enclave 2022?
    Petrol with an octane value of 87 or higher can be used to power the Enclave 2022. It is neither essential or beneficial to use fuel with a higher octane rating.
  3. How often should I rotate the tires on my Enclave 2022?
    To promote even wear and maximize tyre life, tyre rotation is advised every 7,500 miles or as otherwise specified in the owner’s handbook.
  4. What is the recommended tire pressure for my Enclave 2022?
    The owner’s manual or the tyre information placard on the driver’s side door jamb both list the recommended tyre pressure. Maintaining the proper tyre pressure is crucial for the best performance, safety, and fuel economy.
  5. How often should I replace the air filter in my Enclave 2022?
    Regular checks and replacements of the air filter are advised. Generally speaking, it is advised to change the air filter every 15,000 to 30,000 miles, depending on the environment and driving circumstances.
  6. How often should I replace the cabin air filter in my Enclave 2022?
    Depending on the owner’s manual or every 15,000 to 30,000 miles, the cabin air filter should be changed. Clean air inside the car and proper HVAC system operation are ensured by routine replacement.
  7. When should I replace the windshield wiper blades on my Enclave 2022?
    When windscreen wiper blades exhibit wear symptoms like streaking, skipping or squeaking, they need to be replaced. It is advised to change them every six to twelve months, or as required, for optimum visibility in bad weather.
  8. How often should I check the coolant level in my Enclave 2022?
    The Enclave 2022’s coolant level needs to be periodically checked to make sure it is at the ideal level. It’s a good idea to check the coolant level every time you replace your oil or at least once every six months.
  9. Can I use aftermarket accessories or modifications on my Enclave 2022 without voiding the warranty?
    The use of aftermarket parts or modifications may have an impact on the warranty coverage for the car. It is advised to read the owner’s manual and speak with the manufacturer or the dealership for advice on particular aftermarket modifications.
  10. How often should I have the brakes inspected on my Enclave 2022?
    It is advised to check the brakes at least once a year or every time the oil is changed. Regular checks assist find any potential problems and guarantee that the brake system is functioning properly.
  11. What should I do if the check engine light comes on in my Enclave 2022?
    It is advised to have the car evaluated by a certified technician if the check engine light comes on. The check engine light can signal a number of problems, from relatively minor ones to more critical ones that need to be addressed.

2023 Buick Enclave Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2022 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Buick Manuals: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual

Introduction

A premium SUV, the Buick Enclave 2022 offers a powerful and effective driving experience along with a variety of cutting-edge technologies to ensure smooth operation and increased safety. The Enclave was created with the comfort of the driver and passengers in mind, and it offers a roomy, opulent interior along with a sophisticated and thrilling driving experience.

The Buick Enclave 2022 is powered by a powerful and responsive engine. A 3.6-liter V6 engine with an impressive output of horsepower and torque serves as the powertrain’s standard component. This engine is well suited for both city driving and long highway drives because it has plenty of power for passing maneuvers and acceleration. A 9-speed automatic transmission with smooth shifts is mated to the Enclave’s engine to provide seamless gear changes and maximum fuel economy.

In terms of fuel economy, the Buick Enclave 2022 uses cutting-edge technologies to maximize fuel efficiency without sacrificing performance. The engine has variable valve timing and direct fuel injection, which improve fuel delivery and combustion efficiency. A start-stop system is also included in the Enclave, which automatically turns off the engine when the car is stopped, like at a red light, and restarts it when the brake is released. Through lessening idle time, this feature aids in fuel conservation.

Thanks to its finely tuned suspension system, the Buick Enclave 2022 provides a relaxing and elegant driving experience. Even on rough surfaces, the suspension is intended to smooth out road imperfections and provide a comfortable ride. The Enclave offers a calm and comfortable ride for the driver and passengers, whether you’re navigating busy city streets or winding country roads.

The advanced all-wheel-drive (AWD) system of the Buick Enclave is one of its standout characteristics. To maximize traction and stability, the AWD system continuously assesses the condition of the road and modifies power distribution between the front and rear wheels. Accordingly, the Enclave can confidently handle a variety of road surfaces, including those covered in rain or snow, giving the driver better control and peace of mind.

Additionally, the Buick Enclave 2022 offers a number of cutting-edge safety features to improve driving and safeguard occupants. The SUV comes with a broad range of driver-assistance features, such as rear cross-traffic alert, forward collision alert, lane keep assist with lane departure warning, blind-spot monitoring, and rear park assist. These functions make use of sensors and cameras to keep an eye on the environment, send alerts, and even apply automatic braking when necessary, assisting in averting collisions and reducing potential risks on the road.

The Buick Enclave 2022 includes cutting-edge braking technologies to further improve safety. The SUV has a 4-wheel antilock braking system (ABS) that works to keep wheels from locking up during hard or sudden braking, allowing the driver to keep control of the car. The Enclave also has traction control and electronic stability control (ESC), which together increase stability and grip on a variety of road surfaces.

The Buick Enclave 2022 offers a variety of user-friendly features in terms of comfort and simplicity of use. Push-button start allows you to start the SUV with the push of a button, as long as the key fob is nearby and the SUV has keyless entry. The power liftgate on the Enclave makes it simple to access the cargo area even if your hands are full. The SUV also comes with an optional hands-free power liftgate that you can open and close with a simple foot motion, adding to the convenience of loading or unloading cargo.

In conclusion, the Buick Enclave 2022 delivers a premium driving and operating experience by fusing strong performance, cutting-edge safety features, and user-friendly technologies. Its powerful engine and effective

The Enclave offers a balance of comfort, capability, and peace of mind thanks to its transmission, refined suspension system, cutting-edge all-wheel drive, extensive safety features, and practical operation. The Buick Enclave is built to give both the driver and passengers a secure and pleasurable driving experience, whether you’re taking a long trip or navigating city streets.

Driving Information

Driving for Better Fuel Economy

Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible.

  • . Set the climate controls to the desired temperature after the engine is started, or turn them off when not required.
  • . On AWD vehicles, see Driver Mode Control page 226.
    . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. . Avoid idling the engine for long periods
    of time.
    . When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use cruise control.
  • . Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require.
    . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.
    . Combine several trips into a single trip.
    . Replace the vehicle’s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire’s sidewall near the size.
  • . Follow recommended scheduled maintenance.

Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms and can take your focus from the task of driving. Exercise good judgment and do not let other activities divert your attention away from the road. Many local governments have enacted laws regarding driver distraction. Become familiar with the local laws in your area. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on driving.

  • Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary phone calls.
  • Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices.
  • Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential distractions.
  • Become familiar with vehicle features before driving, such as programming favorite radio stations and adjusting climate control and seat settings. Program all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving.
  • Wait until the vehicle is parked to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor.
  • Stop or park the vehicle to tend to children.
  • Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or restraint.
  • Avoid stressful conversations while driving, whether with a passenger or on a cell phone.

Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving. Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that system and the navigation system, if equipped, including pairing and using a cell phone.

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always expect the unexpected.” The first step in driving defensively is to wear the seat belt. See Seat Belts page 47.

  • Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they may do and be ready.
  • Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you.
  • Focus on the task of driving.

Impaired Driving
Death and injury associated with impaired driving is a global tragedy.

Warning
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol or drugs. You can have a serious — or even fatal — collision if you drive after drinking or taking drugs Do not drive while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver
who has been drinking or is impaired by drugs. Find alternate transportation home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober.

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control a vehicle while driving.

Braking
Braking action involves perception time and reaction time. Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time. Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of distance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:

  • Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.
  • Avoid needless heavy braking.
  • Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering Electric Power Steering
Caution
To avoid damage to the steering system, do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, or similar objects at speeds greater than 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving over other objects such as lane dividers and speed bumps. Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered by the vehicle warranty.Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 01The vehicle has electric power steering. It does not have power steering fluid. Regular maintenance is not required. If power steering assist is lost due to a system malfunction, the vehicle can be steered, but may require increased effort. If the steering assist is used for an extended period of time while the vehicle is not moving, power assist may be reduced.
If the steering wheel is turned until it reaches the end of its travel and is held against that position for an extended period of time, power steering assist may be reduced. Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down. See your dealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips

  • Take curves at a reasonable speed. Reduce speed before entering a curve.
  • Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve.
  • Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies

  • There are some situations when steering around a problem may be more effective than braking.
  • Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand.
  • The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking.

Off-Road RecoveryBuick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 02The vehicle’s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips:

  1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement.
  2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge.
  3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control Skidding
There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle’s three control systems:

  • Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling.
  • Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force.
  • Acceleration Skid — too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions:

  • Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be ready for a second skid if it occurs.
  • Slow down and adjust your driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize warning clues — such as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface — and slow when you have any doubt.
  • Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road Driving
All-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for off-road driving. Vehicles without all-wheel drive and vehicles not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not be driven off-road except on a level, solid surface. To contact the tire manufacturer for more information about the original equipment tires, see the warranty manual. Controlling the vehicle is the key to successful off-road driving. One of the best ways to control the vehicle is to control the speed.

Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing and quick changes in direction can easily throw you out of position. This could cause you to lose control and crash. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts.

Before Driving Off-Road

  • Have all necessary maintenance and service work completed.
  • Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check inflation pressure in all tires, including the spare, if equipped.
  • Read all the information about all-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual.
    Make sure all underbody shields, if equipped, are properly attached.
  • Know the local laws that apply to off-road driving.

To gain more ground clearance if needed, it may be necessary to remove the front fascia lower air dam. However, driving without the air dam reduces fuel economy.

Caution
Operating the vehicle for extended periods without the front fascia lower air dam installed can cause improper airflow to the engine. Reattach the front fascia air dam after off-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving

Warning

  • Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain. You or your passengers can be struck by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly.
  • Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. The heaviest things should be on the floor,
    forward of the rear axle.
  • Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle’s center of gravity, making it more likely to roll over. You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads
    inside the cargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loading the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits page 208.

Environmental Concerns

  • Always use established trails, roads, and areas that have been set aside for public off-road recreational driving and obey all
    posted regulations.
  • Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, or grasses or disturb wildlife.
  • Do not park over things that burn. See Parking over Things That Burn page 217.

Driving on Hills
Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and an understanding of what the vehicle can and cannot do.

Warning
Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can cause loss of control. Driving across hills can cause a rollover. You could be injured or killed. Do not drive on steep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess the steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the vehicle and walk the hill before driving further.
When driving on hills:

  • Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on the steering wheel. Maintain a slow speed.
  • When possible, drive straight up or down the hill.
  • Slow down when approaching the top of the hill.
  • Use headlamps even during the day to make the vehicle more visible.

Warning
Driving to the top of a hill at high speed can cause a crash. There could be a drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even another vehicle. You could be seriously injured or killed. As you near the top of a hill, slow down and stay alert.

  • Never go downhill forward or backward with the transmission in N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose control.
  • When driving down a hill, keep the vehicle headed straight down. Use a low gear because the engine will work with the brakes to slow the vehicle and help keep the vehicle under control.

Warning
Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade. This could cause loss of control and you or others could be injured or killed. Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

  1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and then apply the parking brake.
  2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the engine.
    • If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the parking brake, and back
      straight down.
    • Never try to turn the vehicle around. 
      If the hill is steep enough to stall the vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it to roll over.
    • If you cannot make it up the hill,
      back straight down the hill.
    • Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) using only the brake.
    • The vehicle can roll backward quickly
      and you could lose control.
    • If driving downhill when the vehicle stalls, shift to a lower gear, release the parking brake, and drive straight down the hill.
  3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after stalling, set the parking brake, shift the transmission into P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
      1. Leave the vehicle and seek help.
      2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill.
    • Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. A hill that can be driven straight up or down might be too steep to drive across. Driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover.
    • Surface conditions can be a problem. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it can hit something and potentially and roll over.
    • Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline more severe. If a rock is driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression, the vehicle can tilt even more.
    • If an incline must be driven across, and the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the side slipping.

Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the downhill side when stopped across an incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice
Use a low gear when driving in mud – the deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck.
Traction changes when driving on sand. On loose sand, such as on beaches or sand dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand.

This affects steering, accelerating, and braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
Traction is reduced on hard packed snow and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce vehicle speed when driving on hard packed snow and ice.

Warning
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary greatly and the vehicle could fall through the ice; you and your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces only.

Driving in Water
Warning
Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown. If it is only shallow water, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires. Traction could be lost, and the vehicle could roll over. Do not drive through rushing water.

Caution
Do not drive through standing water if it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can damage the axle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep, drive through it slowly. At faster speeds, water can get into the engine and cause it to stall. Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is under water. Do not turn off the ignition when driving through water. If the exhaust pipe is under water, the engine will not start. When going through water, the brakes get wet and it may take longer to stop. See Driving on Wet Roads page 205.

After Off-Road Driving

Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody or chassis, or under the hood. These accumulations can be a fire hazard.

After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings cleaned and checked. These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure, steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and exhaust system for damage and check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance service is required. See Maintenance Schedule page 336.

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water.

Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle’s tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wet weather driving tips include:

  • Allow extra following
  • Pass with caution.
  • Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape.
  • Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
  • Have good tires with proper tread depth.
    See Tires  page 296

    • Turn off cruise
    • Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD) See
  • Driver Mode Control page 226.
  • Hill and Mountain Roads
    Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

    • Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape .
    • Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and transmission.

    Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hill.

Warning
Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake performance, and could result in a loss of braking. Shift the transmission to a lower gear to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope.
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with the ignition off is dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear.

  • Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross the center line.
  • Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
  • Pay attention to special road signs (e.g.,  falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action.
  • Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. See Driver Mode Control 0 226 and All-Wheel Drive page  222.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice
Caution
To avoid damage to the wheels and brake components, always clear snow and ice from inside the wheels and underneath the vehicle before driving.

Snow or ice between the tires and the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can occur at about.

°C (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

  • Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick.
  • Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 224
  • The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but the brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) page  222
  • Allow greater following distance an watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas. The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice.
  • Turn off cruise control.

Cold Weather Mode
In very low temperatures, a cold weather message may display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The engine speed, transmission shift patterns, and cabin fan speed may operate differently to enable the vehicle to warm up quicker. You can manually override the cabin fan speed in cold weather mode.

Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program page 354. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe:

  • Turn on the hazard warning flashers
  • Tie a red cloth to an outside

Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

  • Clear snow from the base of the vehicle, especially any blocking the exhaust pipe.
  • Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the vehicle side that is away from the wind, to bring in fresh air.
  • Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
  • Adjust the climate control system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems.”

For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust page  217.

  • To save fuel, run the engine for short periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps. If it takes time for help to arrive, when running the engine, push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle, turn the traction system off and use the rocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 224.

Warning
If the vehicle’s tires spin at high speed, they can explode, and you or others could be injured. The vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph).

Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. See Driver Mode Control page 226 and All-Wheel Drive page 222.

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction system. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, spinning the wheels as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Transporting  a Disabled Vehicle page 323.

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all non factory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it may properly carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label.

Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a crash.

Tire and Loading Information Label

  • Buick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 43
  • Example Label

    A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and loading information label shows the number of occupant seating positions (1), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds.

    The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation see Tires page 296 and Tire Pressure page 302.

    There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification/Tire label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See “Certification/Tire Label” later in this section.

    “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit

    1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX ” on your vehicle’s placard.
    2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
    3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
    4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
      (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
    5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
    6.  If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred  to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.”

    See Trailer Towing page 260

    Buick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 03

    Example 1

    1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
    2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
    3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs).

    Buick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 04

    Example 2

    1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
    2.  Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
    3.  Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs).

    Buick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 05

    Example 3

    1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
    2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
    3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs).
      Refer to the vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about the vehicle’s capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle’s capacity weight.

     

Certification/Tire Label

Buick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 06Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar).
The label may show the size of the vehicle’s original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity  of the vehicle. The label shows the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both sides of the centerline.

Caution
Overloading the vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle.

Warning
Things inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.

  • Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as far forward as possible. Try to spread the weight evenly.
  • Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
  • Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle.
  • Secure loose items in the vehicle.
  • Do not leave a seat folded down unless needed.

Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines:

  • Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 800 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle.
  • Avoid making hard stops for the first 300 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings.
  • Do not tow a trailer during break-in.

See Trailer Towing page 260 for the trailer towing capabilities of the vehicle and more information.

Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased.

On new vehicles, the various mechanical and electrical systems experience a “break-in” period during the first 6 400 km (4,000 mi) of routine driving. As the vehicle is driven, the mechanical systems adjust to provide optimal fuel economy and transmission shift performance.

Electrical systems will adapt and calibrate during the break-in period. A one-time occurrence of clicks and similar vehicle noises is normal during this process.

Normal driving charges the vehicle’s battery to achieve the best operation of the vehicle, including fuel economy and the Stop/Start System. See Stop/Start System page 213.

Ignition Positions

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 9

Vehicles with Keyless Access have pushbutton starting.

The remote key must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. If the pushbutton start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing interference to the Keyless Access system. See Remote Key Operation page 7

Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) page 216

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition will return to accessory mode and display the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver Information Center (DIC).

If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), the ignition will return to accessory mode and display the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the ignition will turn off.

The vehicle may have an electric steering column lock. The lock is activated when the vehicle is turned off and either front door is opened. A sound may be heard as the lock actuates or releases. The steering column lock may not release with the wheels turned off center. If this happens, the vehicle may not start. Move the steering wheel from left to right while attempting to start the vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle needs service.

Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency:

  1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.
  2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location.
  3. Come to a complete stop and shift to P (Park).
  4. Set the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake page 223.

Warning
Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.

Accessory Mode (Amber Indicator Light) : This mode allows some electrical accessories to be used when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the button one time without the brake pedal applied will place the ignition system in accessory mode.
The ignition will switch from accessory mode to OFF after five minutes to prevent battery rundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This mode is for driving and starting. With the ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, pressing the button once will place the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine cranking begins, release the button. Engine cranking will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine page 213.

The ignition will then remain on.

Service Mode
This power mode is available for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. With the vehicle off, and the brake pedal not applied, pressing and holding the button for more than five seconds will place the vehicle in Service Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will not be able to be driven. The engine will not start in Service Mode. Press the button again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the Engine
Shift the vehicle into P (Park) or N (Neutral).
To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped.

Caution
If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Add-On Electrical Equipment page 267

Gasoline Engine Starting Procedure

  1. With the Keyless Access system, the remote key must be in the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedal applied. When the engine begins cranking, let go of the button.
    The idle speed will go down as the engine gets warm. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it.
    If the remote key is not in the vehicle, if there is interference, or if the remote key battery is low, a Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a message. See Remote Key Operation page7 .
    Caution
    Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by trying to start the engine immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down.
  2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below −18 °C or 0°F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you press ENGINE START/STOP. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. When the engine starts, release the accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts.

Stop/Start System
This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has components designed for the increased number of starts.

Warning
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature causes the engine to shut off while the vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle may restart and move unexpectedly. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn the ignition off before exiting the vehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start
When the brakes are applied and the vehicle is at a complete stop, the engine may turn off. When stopped, the tachometer displays AUTO STOP. See Tachometer page 101. When the brake pedal is released or the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will restart.
To maintain vehicle performance, other conditions may cause the engine to automatically restart before the brake pedal is released.
Auto Stops may not occur and/or auto restarts may occur because:

  • The climate control settings require the engine to be running to cool or heat the vehicle interior.
    The vehicle battery needs to charge.
    The vehicle battery has recently been disconnected.
    Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Auto Stop.
    The accelerator pedal is pressed.
    The engine or transmission is not at the required operating temperature.
    The outside temperature is not in the required operating range.
  • The vehicle transmission is shifted out of D (Drive) to any gear other than P (Park).
    Certain driver modes have been selected.
    The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
    The driver door has been opened or driver seat belt has been unbuckled.
    The hood has been opened.
    The Auto Stop has reached the maximum allowed time.

Auto Stop Disable Switch

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 09

The automatic engine stopstart feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing the switch with the h symbol. Auto Stop is enabled each time you start the vehicle.

When the h indicator is illuminated, the system is enabled.

Engine Heater
The engine heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up in cold weather conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting. An internal thermostat in the plug-end of the cord may exist, which will prevent engine heater operation at temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

Warning
Do not plug in the engine block heater while the vehicle is parked in a garage or under a carport. Property damage or personal injury may result. Always park the vehicle in a clear open area away from buildings or structures.

To Use the Engine Heater

  1. Turn off the engine.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 10
  2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage yearly.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 11
  3. Plug the cord into the receptacle in the front fascia.
    Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 12
  4.  Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt AC outlet that is protected by a ground fault detection function.
    Warning
    Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire.
    Plug the cord into a three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an electric shock.
    Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Failure to use the recommended extension cord in good operating condition, or using a damaged heater or extension cord, could make it overheat and cause a fire, property damage, electric shock, and injury.
    Do not operate the vehicle with the heater cord permanently attached to the vehicle. Possible heater cord and thermostat damage could occur.
    While in use, do not let the heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges. Never close the hood on the heater cord.
  5. Before starting the vehicle, unplug the cord, reattach the cover to the plug, and securely fasten the cord. Keep the cord away from any moving parts.
    The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
When the vehicle is turned from on to off, the following features (if equipped) will continue to function for up to 10 minutes, or until the driver door is opened. These features will also work when the vehicle is on or in accessory mode:

  • Infotainment System
  • Power Windows (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
  • Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
  • Auxiliary Power Outlet
  • Audio System
  • OnStar System

Shifting Into Park
Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured.

To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, use the steps that follow. If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page  256.

To shift into P (Park):

  1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake page 205
  2. Hold the button on the shift lever and push the lever toward the front of the vehicle into P (Park).
  3. Turn the vehicle off.

Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running
Warning

It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and shift to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park page 216.
If you are towing a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 256.

To shift out of P (Park):

  1. Apply the brake pedal.
  2.  Turn the vehicle on.
  3.  Press the shift lever button.
  4. Move the shift lever.

If you still are unable to shift out of P (Park):

  1.  Fully release the shift lever button.
  2. Hold the brake pedal down and press the shift lever button again.
  3. Move the shift lever.
    If you still cannot move the shift lever from P (Park), see your dealer for service.

Parking over Things That Burn
Warning
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn.

Extended Parking

Extended Parking

It is best not to park with the vehicle running. If the vehicle is left running, be sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park page 216  and Engine Exhaust page 217.

If the vehicle is left parked and running with the remote key outside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to 20 minutes.

If the vehicle is left parked and running with the remote key inside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to 60 minutes.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is parked on a hill, due to lack of available fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken out of P (Park) while it is running.

Engine Exhaust

Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

  • The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes).
  • The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different.
  • The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage.
    The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired.
  • There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or aftermarket modifications that are not completely sealed.
    If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle:
  • Drive it only with the windows completely down.
  • Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
    Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation.

Running the Vehicle While Parked
It is better not to park with the engine running.

If the vehicle is left with the engine running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park page 216 and Engine Exhaust page 217.

If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page  256.

Automatic Transmission

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 13

The shift switches are on the center console. The selected gear position will illuminate red on the shift switch, while all others will be displayed in white. If the shift is not immediate, as in very cold conditions, the indicator on the shift switch may flash until it is fully engaged.

The transmission does not operate when the vehicle is off.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the transmission can be shifted into P (Park).

If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while at a relatively high speed, the engine will turn off and the transmission will automatically shift into N (Neutral). Once
the vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can be selected.

The shift switches are on the center console. The selected gear position will illuminate red on the shift switch, while all others will be displayed in white. If the shift is not immediate, as in very cold conditions, the indicator on the shift switch may flash until it is fully engaged.

The transmission does not operate when the vehicle is off.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the transmission can be shifted into P (Park).

If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while at a relatively high speed, the engine will  turn off and the transmission will

P : This position locks the front wheels. Use P (Park) when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily.

Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the transmission is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If the engine has been left running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and place the transmission into P (Park). See Shifting Into Park page 216and Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 256.

This vehicle is equipped with an electronically controlled transmission. The R (Reverse) and D (Drive) shift switches are designed to prevent inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) unless the ignition is on, and the brake pedal is applied.
When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The transmission will shift to P (Park) automatically.
The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift into P (Park).
To shift in and out of P (Park), see Shifting Into Park page  216 and Shifting out of Park page 217.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) while the speed is too high, the vehicle will shift into N (Neutral). Reduce the vehicle speed and try the shift again.

To shift into R (Reverse):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete
  2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the center

To shift out of R (Reverse):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete
  2. Shift to the desired

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be used to rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck page 207.

N : In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck page 189

N : In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed.

Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. It will automatically shift into P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral), press the N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator is red.

To shift out of N (Neutral):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete
  2. Shift into the desired

Car Wash Mode

This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that allows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral) for use in automatic car washes. Car Wash Mode is not to be used for vehicle towing.

If the vehicle needs to be towed, see Towing the Vehicle page 323

Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. It will automatically shift into P (Park) if left in Car Wash Mode.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver in Vehicle)
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the vehicle occupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
  2. Apply the brake pedal.
  3. Shift to N (Neutral).
  4. Turn off the engine and release the brake pedal.
  5. The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, start the engine and repeat Steps 2–4.
  6. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver out of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the vehicle unoccupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
  2. Apply the brake pedal.
  3. Open the door.
  4. Shift to N (Neutral).
  5. Turn off the engine and release the brake pedal.
  6. The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, start the engine and repeat Steps 2–5.
  7. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
  8. The vehicle may automatically shift to P (Park) upon re-entry.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver in Vehicle)
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle occupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
  2. Apply the brake pedal.
  3. Shift into N (Neutral).
  4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of Vehicle
To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle unoccupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
  2. Apply the brake pedal.
  3. Open the door.
  4. Shift into N (Neutral), then release the brake pedal.
  5.  The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4.
  6. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
  7. The vehicle may automatically shift into P (Park) upon re-entry.

Caution
A transmission hot message may display if the automatic transmission fluid is too hot. Driving under this condition can damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to cool the automatic transmission fluid. This message clears when the transmission fluid has cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normal driving
If more power is needed for passing, press the accelerator pedal down.

If the vehicle is shifted into D (Drive) while the speed is too high, the transmission will get ready to engage D (Drive). Reduce the vehicle speed, then the transmission will engage D (Drive).

To shift into D (Drive):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete
  2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the center

To shift out of D (Drive):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop
  2. Shift to the desired

Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding. See “Skidding” under Loss of Control page 201

Caution
If the vehicle does not shift gears, the transmission could be damaged. Have the vehicle serviced right away.
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.

  • Caution
    Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.

Manual Mode
Electronic Range Select (ERS)
Caution

If the vehicle is driven at a high rpm without upshifting while using Electronic Range Select (ERS), the vehicle could be damaged. Always upshift when necessary while using ERS.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 14

 

Electronic Range Select (ERS), or Manual Mode, allows for the selection of the range of gear positions. Use this mode when driving downhill or towing a trailer to limit the top gear and vehicle speed. The shift position indicator within the Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a number next to the L indicating the highest available gear.

To enter Electronic Range Select or Manual Mode:

  1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), press the L (Low) button.
  2. Tap the left steering wheel control to reduce the highest gear available, or the right control to increase the highest gear

To exit Electronic Range Select, pull the D (Drive) switch on the center console.

When shifting to L (Low), the transmission will shift to a preset lower gear range. For this preset range, the highest gear available will be displayed next to the L in the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC). All gears below that number are available to use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are shifted automatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth) gear, tap the right steering wheel control or shift into D (Drive).

L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear range if the engine speed is too high. If the vehicle speed is not reduced within the time allowed, the lower gear range shift will not be completed. Slow the vehicle, then tap the left steering wheel control to the desired lower gear range.

Cruise control can be used while in ERS

Drive Systems

All-Wheel Drive
Vehicles with this feature can operate in All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 15

Press the button to select All-Wheel Drive (AWD).

The AWD Mode will stay selected until the mode is changed. See Driver Mode Control page 226.

When operated in two-wheel drive, the vehicle will deliver power to the front wheels only and may provide better fuel economy.
When using a compact spare tire on an AWD vehicle, the system automatically detects the compact spare and reduces AWD

performance to protect the system. To restore full AWD operation and prevent excessive wear on the system, replace the compact spare with a full-size tire as soon as possible. See Compact Spare Tire page 320.

Brakes

Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps prevent a braking skid and maintain steering while braking hard.

ABS performs a system check when the vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor or clicking noise may be heard while this test is going on, and the brake pedal may move slightly. This is normal

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 18

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light page  109.

ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake pedal and does not always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS.

Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS operate is normal.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows steering and braking at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can  help even more than braking.

Electric Brake Boost

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 17

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case of insufficient electrical power, the EPB cannot be applied or released. To prevent draining the battery, avoid unnecessary repeated cycles of the EPB.

The system has a red parking brake status light and an amber service parking brake warning light. See Electric Parking Brake Light page 109 and Service Electric Parking Brake Light page 109. There are also parking brake-related Driver Information Center (DIC) message.

Before leaving the vehicle, check the red parking brake status light to ensure that the parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

  1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete
  2. Pull the EPB switch

The red parking brake status light will flash and then stay on once the EPB is fully applied. If the red parking brake status light flashes continuously, the EPB is only partially applied or there is a problem with the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release the EPB and try to apply it again. If the light does not come on, or keeps flashing, have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if the red parking brake status light is flashing. See your dealer.

If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, pull the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light remains on. If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long as the switch is pulled. If the switch is pulled until the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB in some situations when the vehicle is not moving. This is normal, and is done to periodically check the correct operation of the EPB system, or at the request of other safety functions that utilize the EPB.

If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear wheels to prevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

  1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC
  2. Apply and hold the brake
  3. Press the EPB switch

The EPB is released when the red parking brake status light is off.

If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, release the EPB by pressing and holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light is off. If either light stays on after  release is attempted, see your dealer.

Caution
Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving.

If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 256.

Automatic EPB Release
The EPB will automatically release if the vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration when the EPB is applied, to preserve parking brake lining life.

Brake Assist
Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applications due to emergency braking situations and provides additional braking to activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement during this time may occur. Continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages when the brake pedal is released.

Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does not replace the need to pay attention and drive safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by this system. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving page 199.

When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from rolling in an unintended direction during the transition from brake pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the accelerator pedal is not applied within a few minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will apply. The brakes may also release under other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.

HSA is available when the vehicle is facing uphill in a forward gear, or when facing downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA to activate.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), an electronic stability control system. These systems help limit wheel slip and assist the driver in maintaining control, especially on slippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any of the drive wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction. When this happens, TCS applies the brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle senses a difference between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the intended path.
If cruise control is being used and TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on when cruise control is set.
Both systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move. The systems may be heard or felt while they are operating or while performing diagnostic checks. This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both systems on for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck page 189 and “Turning the Systems Off and On” later in this section.

uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual59

The indicator light for both systems is in the instrument cluster. This light will:

  • Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin .
  • Flash when StabiliTrak uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual59ESC is activated .
  • Turn on and stay on when either system is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive and is not assisting the driver in maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive, but driving should be adjusted accordingly.

If uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual59 comes on and stays on:

  1. Stop the vehicle .
  2. Turn the engine off and wait 15
  3. Start the engine .
  4. Drive the vehicle .

If uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual59comes on and stays on, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged.

TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC are turned off and on using the Driver Information Center (DIC) controls. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 114 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 116 and Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 98 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page  100 for instructions on navigating the cluster menus and slecting item .

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 19

To turn Traction (TCS) or StabiliTrak (ESC) off and on, access the Traction and Stability display from the Options application.

The current status of each system is displayed next to the Traction and Stability icons. To turn either system off or on, select Menu to access the Traction and Stability menu screen.

To turn TCS off, select Traction Off from the menu. The Traction Off Light i displays in the instrument cluster. See Traction Off Light page 110.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin, the TCS will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn TCS back on, select Traction On from the menu.

Select Stability from the Traction and Stability menu to access the Stability Menu.

To turn StabiliTrak/ESC off, select Stability Off from the menu. The StabiliTrak Off Light g will display in the instrument cluster. See StabiliTrak OFF Light page111.

TCS cannot be on when StabiliTrak/ESC is off. If TCS is on when StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off, both systems will turn off.

To turn StabiliTrak/ESC back on, select Stability On from the menu. TCS will remain off.

To turn both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC back on, select Traction On from the Traction and Stability menu and both systems will be turned back on.

Adding accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications page 269.

Driver Mode Control

Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver to adjust the overall driving experience by selecting different modes. These modes will then adjust multiple systems to fit specific driving needs. Drive mode availability and affected vehicle subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim level, region, and optional features.

If the vehicle is in Tour Mode or AWD Mode it will stay in that mode through future ignition cycles. If the vehicle is in any other mode, it will return to the Tour Mode when the vehicle is restarted. When each mode is selected, a unique and persistent indicator will be displayed in the instrument cluster.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 20

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 15

AWD Mode Switch

To activate each mode, press the MODE switch on the instrument panel.

Modes
Tour Mode
Use for normal city and highway driving to provide a smooth ride. This setting provides balance between comfort and handling. There is no persistent indicator in the instrument cluster for this mode.

Sport Mode
Use where road conditions or personal preference demand a more controlled response. Sport Mode improves vehicle handling and acceleration on dry pavement.

When active, Sport Mode modifies AWD torque, steering, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Traction Control System (TCS), and suspension tuning, if equipped.

AWD Mode
AWD provides torque to all four wheels. Pressing the AWD Mode switch will select AWD Mode. The AWD light will flash briefly while the system is engaging and stay on to indicate AWD is active. AWD Mode can be turned on and off independently of other modes. Select AWD Mode to improve traction and control on slippery road surfaces, such as gravel, sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice. For more information on AWD, see All-Wheel Drive page 222.

Tow/Haul Mode
This mode will automatically activate AWD, if available. The transmission holds lower gears longer before shifting to provide more torque necessary when towing heavy loads.
This will also increase fuel consumption. Tow/Haul Mode also modifies, steering, ESC, TCS, and suspension tuning, if equipped. Use this mode to assist in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle.
This helps prevent the brakes from overheating. For more information, see Towing the Vehicle page 323.

Cruise Control

The cruise control lets the vehicle maintain a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph).

Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed. Do not use cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), the system may begin to limit wheel spin while you are using cruise control. If this happens, the cruise control will automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 207.

If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 227. When road conditions allow you to safely use it again, cruise control can be turned back on.

Cruise control will disengage if either TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruise control disengages.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 21

If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), the cruise control system may automatically brake to slow the vehicle down to maintain the set following gap between you and the vehicle in front of you or while navigating a sharp turn.

Press to turn cruise control on or off. A white indicator comes on in the instrument cluster.

RES+ : If there is a set speed in memory, press the control up briefly to resume to that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is already engaged, use to increase vehicle speed.

SET− : Press the control down briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control.

If cruise control is already engaged, use to decrease vehicle speed.

Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory.

The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page  98 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 100. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.

Setting Cruise Control

If 5 is on when not in use, −SET or +RES could get bumped and go into cruise when not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

  1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system
  2. Get to the speed desired.
  3. Press −SET down and release. The desired set speed briefly appears in the instrument cluster.
  4. Remove your foot from the accelerator

The cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster turns green after cruise control has been set to the desired speed. See Instrument Cluster page 100.

Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied or * is pressed, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The vehicle returns to the previously set speed.

Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control

Do one of the following:

  • Press and hold RES+ up until the vehicle accelerates to the desired speed, then release it.
  • To increase vehicle speed in small increments, press RES+ up briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
Do one of the following:

  • Press and hold SET− down until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it.
  • To slow down in small increments, press SET− down briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
  • Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previously set cruise speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to override cruise control, briefly pressing SET− will result in cruise set to the current vehicle speed. Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going downhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control will disengage.

Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise control:

  • Step lightly on the brake
  • Press *.
  • Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
  • To turn off cruise control, press 5.
  • Erasing Speed Memory
    The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is turned off.

  • Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera)
  • If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) allows the cruise control set speed and following gap to be selected. Read this entire section before using this system. The following gap is the following time between your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly ahead in your path, moving in the same direction. If no vehicle is detected in your path, ACC works like regular cruise control. ACC uses a windshield mounted front camera sensor.
    If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can apply acceleration or limited, moderate braking to maintain the selected following gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when the Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system activates, ACC may automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 207. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC can be turned back on. Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ ESC system will disengage and prevent engagement of ACC.ACC can reduce the need for you to frequently brake and accelerate, especially when used on expressways, freeways, and interstate highways. When used on other roads, you may need to take over the control of braking or acceleration more often.

Warning
ACC has limited braking ability and may not have time to slow the vehicle down enough to avoid a collision with another vehicle you are following. This can occur when vehicles suddenly slow or stop ahead, or enter your lane. Also see “Alerting the Driver” in this section.

  • Complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 199 .

Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for children, pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:

  • On winding and hilly roads or when the sensors are blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. The system may not detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of the vehicle clean.
  • Visibility is low, such as in fog, rain, or snow conditions. ACC performance is limited under these conditions.
  • On slippery roads where fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip.
  • When towing a trailer.
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 24uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61Press to turn the system on or off. The indicator turns white on the instrument cluster when ACC is turned on.
  • RES+ : Press briefly to resume to a previous set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To increase speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold RES+.
  • SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To decrease speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold SET–.
  • Press to disengage ACC without erasing the selected set speed
    .Press to select a following gap time (or distance) setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near.
    The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.
  • Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control
    To switch between ACC and regular cruise control, press and hold *. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message displays.
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 25
  • ACC Indicator
  • uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61
  • Regular Cruise Control Indicator
  • When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster. When the regular cruise control is engaged, a green J indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster; the following gap will not display.
    It is recommended to switch from ACC to regular cruise control only, when there are no vehicles ahead of your vehicle.
    When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise control mode will be set to the last mode used before the vehicle was turned off.

Warning
Always check the cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster to determine which mode cruise control is in before using the feature. If ACC is not active, the vehicle will not automatically brake for other vehicles, which could cause a crash if the brakes are not applied manually. You and others could be seriously injured or killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
Ifuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61 is on when not in use, it could get pressed and go into ACC when not desired. Keep uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61 off when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is the vehicle speed when no vehicle is detected in its path.
While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set at a speed less than 25 km/h (15 mph), although it can be resumed when driving at lower speeds. The minimum allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph).

To set ACC while moving:

  1. Press uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61.
  2.  Get up to the desired speed.
  3. Press and release SET–.
  4. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

After ACC is set, it may immediately apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected closer than the selected following gap.

ACC can also be set while the vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is applied.

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 25

The ACC indicator displays on the instrument cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), if equipped. When ACC is turned on, the indicator will be lit white. When ACC is active, the indicator will turn green.
Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding traffic speeds, and weather conditions when selecting the set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed
If ACC is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up briefly.

    • If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), it returns to the previous set speed .
    • If the vehicle is stopped with the brake pedal applied, press RES+ and release the brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed under the following conditions:
  • There is no vehicle
  • The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected following gap.
  • The vehicle speed is not being limited because of a sharp turn.

Increasing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:

  • Use the accelerator to get to the higher Briefly press and release SET– and release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed.
    When the accelerator pedal is pressed, ACC will not brake because it is overridden. While overridden, the ACC indicator will turn blue on the instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped.
  • Press and hold up RES+ until the desired set speed is displayed, then release it.
  • To increase vehicle speed in small increments, press RES+ For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
  • To increase vehicle speed in larger increments, hold RES+. While holding RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
  • The set speed can also be increased while the vehicle is stopped.
    • If stopped with the brake applied, press RES+ until the desired set speed is displayed .
    • If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and there is another vehicle directly ahead, pressing RES+ will increase the set speed.
    • Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is pulling away and the brake is not applied will cause the ACC to resume.

    When it is determined that there is no vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond the selected following gap, then the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:

  • Use the brake to get to the desired lower Release the brake and press SET–. The vehicle will now cruise at the lower speed.
  • Press and hold SET– until the desired lower speed is reached, then release
  • To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller increments, press SET− For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
  • To decrease the vehicle speed in larger increments, hold SET−. While holding SET−, the vehicle speed decreases to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.

The set speed can also be decreased while the vehicle is stopped.

  • If stopped with the brake applied, press or hold SET− until the desired set speed is displayed.
  • Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
    When a slower moving vehicle is detected ahead within the selected following gap, ACC will adjust the vehicle’s speed and attempt to maintain the follow distance gap selected.
    Press on the steering wheel to adjust the following gap. Each press cycles the gap button through three settings: Far, Medium, or Near.
  • Far Gap Setting Medium Gap Setting
  • When pressed, the current gap setting displays briefly on the instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped. The gap setting will be maintained until it is changed .Since each gap setting
  • corresponds to a following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the following distance will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the further back your vehicle will follow a vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the following gap. The range of selectable gaps may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.
  • Changing the gap setting automatically changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 245.

  • Alerting the Driver
    Buick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 28If ACC is engaged, driver action may be required when ACC cannot apply sufficient braking because of approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
    When this condition occurs, the collision alert symbol will flash on the windshield.
    Either eight beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization page 122.
    See Defensive Driving page 199.
  • Approaching and Following a Vehicle
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60The vehicle ahead indicator is in the instrument cluster and HUD display (If equipped). It only displays when a vehicle is detected in your vehicle’s path moving inthe same direction. If this symbol is not displaying, ACC will not respond to or brake for vehicles ahead.ACC automatically slows the vehicle down and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a detected vehicle ahead at the selected following gap. The vehicle speed increases or decreases to follow a detected vehicle in front of your vehicle. When that vehicle is traveling slower than your vehicle set speed, it may apply limited braking, if necessary. When braking is active, the brake lamps will come on. The automatic braking may feel or sound different than if the brakes were applied manually. This is normal.
  • Passing a Vehicle While Using
    ACC If the set speed is high enough, and the left turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead in the selected following gap, ACC may assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle prior to the lane change.

Warning
When using ACC to pass a vehicle or perform a lane change, the following distance to the vehicle being passed may be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient acceleration or braking when passing a vehicle or performing a lane change. Always be ready to manually accelerate or brake to complete the pass or lane change.

Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects
Warning
ACC may not detect and react to stopped or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For example, the system may not brake for a vehicle it has never detected moving. This can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may not stop and could cause a crash. Use caution when using ACC. Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes.

Irregular Objects Affecting ACC
ACC may have difficulty detecting the following objects:

  • Vehicles with cargo extending from the back end.
  • Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car fitted, or horse carriages.
    Objects that are close to the front of your vehicle.
  • ACC Automatically Disengages
    ACC may automatically disengage and you will need to manually apply the brakes to slow the vehicle if:

    • The sensors are blocked .
    • The Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or been disabled.
    • There is a fault in the system .
    • The radar falsely reports blockage when driving in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles or roadside objects.
    • A DIC message may display to indicate that ACC is temporarily unavailable.

    The ACC active symbol will turn white when ACC is no longer active.

    In some cases, when ACC is temporarily unavailable, regular cruise control may be used. See “Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control” in this section.

    Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise control system.

    Notification to Resume ACC
    ACC will maintain a following gap behind a detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a stop behind that vehicle.

    If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to check traffic ahead before proceeding. In addition, the left and right sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times, or three beeps will sound. Touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select ”Alert Type” and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in “Collision/ Detection Systems”.

    When the vehicle ahead drives away, ACC resumes automatically if the stop was brief. If necessary, press RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes or if the driver door is opened and the driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC automatically applies the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB status light will turn on.

    See Electric Parking Brake page 205 . To release the EPB, press the accelerator pedal.

    A DIC warning message may display indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages page 122.

    Warning
    If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. The vehicle can move. When ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop, always be prepared to manually apply the brakes.
    Leaving the vehicle without placing it in P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave the vehicle while it is being held at a stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in P (Park) and turn off the ignition before leaving the vehicle.

    ACC Override
    If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the instrument cluster and in the HUD, if equipped, to indicate that automatic braking will not occur. ACC will resume operation when the accelerator pedal is not being pressed.

    Warning
    The ACC will not automatically apply the brakes if your foot is resting on the accelerator pedal. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you.

    Curves in the Road
    Warning
    On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle ahead in your lane. You could be startled if the vehicle accelerates up to the set speed, especially when following a vehicle exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the brakes if necessary.

    Warning
    On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle in another lane, or may not have time to react to a vehicle in your lane. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose control of your vehicle. Give extra attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves.
    ACC may operate differently in a sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp.
    ACC automatically slows the vehicle down while navigating the curve and may increase speed out of the curve, but will not exceed the set speed.

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 27When following a vehicle and entering a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and accelerate to the set speed. When this happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not appear.Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 28ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your lane and apply the brake .ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ or braking that is considered unnecessary.
    It could respond to vehicles in different lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary objects when entering or exiting a curve.
    This is normal operation. The vehicle does not need service.Other Vehicle Lane change Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 29ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it is completely in the lane. The brake may need to be manually applied.

    Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle

    The detection of objects in front of the vehicle may not be possible if:

    • The vehicle or object ahead is not within your lane.
    • The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, or is shifted to one side of the lane.

     

    Driving in Narrow Lanes
    Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside objects may be incorrectly detected when located along the roadway.

    Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a Trailer

    Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 30

    Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep hills. The driver will often need to take over acceleration and braking on steep hills, especially when towing a trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC disengages.

    Disengaging ACC
    There are three ways to disengage ACC:

    • Step lightly on the brake
    • Press *.
    • Pressuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61

     

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off.

Weather Conditions Affecting ACC
System operation may be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.

Accessory Installations and Vehicle Modifications
Do not install or place any object around the front camera windshield area that would obstruct the front camera view.

Do not install objects on top of the vehicle that overhang and obstruct the front camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other items that can be transported on a roof rack system. See Roof Rack System page 88.

Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability to detect an object.

Cleaning the Sensing System
The radar sensor on the front of the vehicle can become blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate properly.

If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control may be available. See “Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously in this section. Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise control system.

For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care page 326.

System operation may also be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.

Driver Assistance Systems

This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using these systems.

Warning
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance Systems. These systems do not replace the need for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by these systems. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving page 199.

Under many conditions, these systems will not:

  • Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals.
    Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system.
    Work at all driving speeds.
  • Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash.
  • Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions.
  • Work if the detection sensor is not cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
  • Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with a sticker, magnet, or metal plate.
  • Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not properly repaired.
  • Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
  • Audible or Safety Alert Seat
    Some driver assistance features alert the driver of obstacles by beeping. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Comfort and Convenience”.
    If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating pulse alert instead of beeping. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/ Detection Systems” page 122.
  • Cleaning
    Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver Information Center (DIC) messages may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 31 Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 32

  • Front and rear bumpers and the area
  • below the bumpers
  • Front grille and headlamps
  • Front camera lens in the front grille or near the front emblem .
  • Front side and rear side panels
  • Outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror
  • Side camera lens on the bottom of the outside mirrors
  • Rear side corner bumpers
  • Rear Vision Camera above the license plate

Radio Frequency
This vehicle may be equipped with driver assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement page 359.

Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Surround Vision, Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) displays an image of the area behind the vehicle in the infotainment display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the previous screen sooner, press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive ).

Buick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 33

  1. View Displayed by the CameraBuick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 34View Displayed by the Camera
    Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display.

A warning triangle may appear on the infotainment display to show that Rear Park Assist (RPA) or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) has detected an object. This triangle changes from amber to red and increases in size the closer the object.

Warning
The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Surround Vision System
If equipped, Surround Vision shows an image of the area surrounding the vehicle, along with the front or rear camera views on the infotainment display. The front camera is in the grille or near the front emblem, the side cameras are on the bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate.
The Surround Vision system can be accessed by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment display or when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen sooner, when not in R (Reverse) press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift  into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive).

Warning
The Surround Vision cameras have blind spots and will not display all objects near the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside mirrors that are out of position may not display surround view correctly. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 35

  1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras
  2. Area Not Shown

Buick Encore GX 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual35

  1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras
  2. Area Not Shown

Warning
The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Camera Views

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 36

Touch the camera view buttons along the bottom of the infotainment display. Available views will differ depending on vehicle options.

Front/Rear Standard View : Displays an image of the area in front or behind the vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between front and rear camera views.

Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays a Front or Rear Overhead View of the vehicle.

Touching the button will toggle between the two views.

Side Forward/Rearward View : Displays a view that shows objects next to the front or rear sides of the vehicle. Touch Side Forward/Rearward View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active.

Touching the button multiple times will toggle between forward and rearward views. Park Assist and RCTA overlays are not available when Side Forward/Rearward View is active.

Guidance Lines : Displays available guidelines. The horizontal markings represent distance from the vehicle.

Top Down View : Displays an image of the area surrounding the vehicle, along with other views in the infotainment display. Top Down can be enabled or disabled by touching the Top Down View button multiple times.

Hitch Guidance
If equipped, this feature displays a single, centered guideline on the camera display to assist with aligning a vehicle’s hitch ball with a trailer coupler. Select the trailer guidance line button, then align the trailer guidance line over the trailer coupler. Continuously steer the vehicle to keep the guidance line centered on the coupler when backing. RVC Park Assist overlays will not display when the trailer guidance line is active. Hitch Guidance is only available in Standard View.
To check the trailer when in a forward gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display to view the rear camera. Touch X to exit the view or it will be removed automatically after eight seconds.

Warning
Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to briefly check the status of your trailer. Do not use for any other purpose, such as making lane change decisions. Before making a lane change, always check the mirrors and glance over your shoulder. Improper use could result in serious injury to you or others.

Park Assist

The vehicle may be equipped with Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA). Under certain conditions, the Park Assist system can assist the driver during backing and parking maneuvers when the vehicle is driven at no more than 9 km/h (6 mph). An illuminated indicator in the Park Assist button indicates the system is ready.

Sensors located in the bumpers measure the distance between the vehicle and objects using sonar technology. These sensors are designed to detect certain objects up to m (8 ft) behind and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of your vehicle that are taller than  25 cm (10 in).

Different environmental conditions may affect whether and how far the Park Assist system can detect objects. Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in freezing temperatures. Sensors that are not clean may not detect objects or may cause the system to alert when not required.

Warning
The Park Assist system does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects located below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before moving forward or backing.

How the System Works
The vehicle may have a Park
Assist amphitheatre-like display on the cluster with bars that represent the estimated location of a detected object and the vehicle’s distance from the object. As a detected object becomes closer, more bars light up and change color from yellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected in the rear, one beep will be heard from the rear, or the driver’s seat will pulse two times,

if equipped with Safety Alert Seat. When an object is very close, five beeps will sound from the front or rear (depending on the object’s location), or the driver’s seat will pulse five times. Beeps for front are higher  pitched than the rear.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 37

Turning the Features On or Off
The Park Assist System can be turned on or off using the infotainment system. See Vehicle Personalization 0 122.
The X button is used to turn on or off disabled.
the Park Assist, which also turns on or off the Backing Warning and Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) at the same time. When the
RPA symbols can be turned on or off through vehicle personalization. To view a list of available options from the infotainment home page, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision Detection Systems.
Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.

system is turned off, a system off message is shown on the display. This message disappears after a short period of time.

Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer to prevent unwanted beeps and when a bike rack is attached to ensure proper operation.

When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly

If a service message displays, check the following conditions:

  • The sensors may not be clean. Keep the vehicle’s front and rear bumpers free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. For cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care page 326.
  • The Park Assist sensors may be covered by frost or ice. Frost or ice can form around and behind the sensors and may not always be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold The message may not clear until the frost or ice has melted.

If a service message displays and the above conditions do not exist, take the vehicle to your dealer for repairs.

If the Park Assist System does not activate due to a temporary condition, a system off message is shown on the display. This can occur under the following conditions:

  • The driver has disabled the
  • An object is currently blocking the rear sensors (for example, bike rack, tailgate, trailer hitch, etc.). Once the object is removed, Park Assist will return to normal
  • The bumper is damaged. Take the vehicle to your dealer for repairs.
  • Other conditions, such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck, are affecting system performance.

Rear Pedestrian Alert
Under certain conditions, this feature can provide alerts for a pedestrian within the system’s range directly behind the vehicle. This feature only works in R (Reverse) below 12 km/h (8 mph), and detects pedestrians up to 8 m (26 ft) away during daytime driving. During nighttime driving, feature performance is very limited.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 62

Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator

When a pedestrian is detected within the system’s range directly behind the vehicle, this symbol flashes amber on the infotainment display, along with two beeps from the rear, or if equipped, two pulses from both sides of the driver seat. When a pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle, the symbol flashes red on the infotainment display, along with seven beeps from the rear, or if equipped, seven pulses from both sides of the driver seat.

Warning
Rear Pedestrian Alert does not automatically brake the vehicle. It also does not provide an alert unless it detects a pedestrian, and it may not detect all pedestrians if:

  • The pedestrian is not directly behind the vehicle, fully visible to the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), or standing upright.
  • The pedestrian is part of a group. . The pedestrian is a child.
    Visibility is poor, including nighttime conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
    The RVC is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
    The RVC, taillamps, or back-up lamps are not cleaned or in proper working condition.
  • The vehicle is not in R (Reverse).
    To help avoid death or injury, always check for pedestrians around the vehicle before backing up. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 199. Keep the RVC, taillamps, and back-up lamps clean and in good repair.

Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off or Alert. See “Rear Pedestrian Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization page122. If equipped, alerts can be set to beeps or seat pulses. See “Alert Type” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization page 122.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) System
If equipped, Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) displays a red warning triangle with a left or right pointing arrow on the infotainment display to warn of traffic coming from the left or right. This system detects objects

coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of the vehicle. When an object is detected, either three beeps sound from the left or right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur on the left or right side, depending on the direction of the detected vehicle.

Driving With a Trailer
Use caution while backing up when towing a trailer. The RCTA feature is automatically disabled when a trailer is attached to the vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off
The X button on the center console is used to turn on or off Rear Park Assist (RPA) and RCTA at the same time. The indicator light in the button comes on when the features are on and turns off when the features have been disabled.

Turning the Features On or Off
RCTA can be turned on or off through vehicle personalization. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection Systems.

Assistance Systems for Driving
If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to avoid a crash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may help to avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA also lights an amber visual alert if following another vehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within a distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph).

Warning
FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or when following a vehicle too closely, FCA may not provide a warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. It also may not provide any warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, construction barrels, or other objects. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 199.

FCA can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization page 122.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60

FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA system detects a vehicle ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane.

Warning

  • FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 40

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 25Without Head-Up Display

If Head-Up Display (HUD) is not equipped, when your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA display will flash on the windshield.

If Head-Up Display (HUD) is equipped and the screen is closed, when your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle too rapidly, the HUD with the integrated RLAD can display red spots reflected in the windshield.

Tailgating Alert

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60
  • The vehicle ahead indicator will display amber when you are following a vehicle ahead too closely.
  • Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on the steering wheel. PresBuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual41  to set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press shows the current setting on the DIC. Additional button presses will change this setting. The chosen setting will remain until it is changed and will affect the timing of both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The timing of both alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert timing. The range of selectable alert timings may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the following gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indicator
The following distance to a moving vehicle ahead in your path is indicated in following time in seconds on the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 114 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 116. The minimum following time is seconds away. If there is no vehicle detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out of sensor range, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, this may correct the issue:

  • Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror.
  • Clean the entire front of the vehicle .
  • Clean the headlamps.

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
If equipped, the AEB system may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. AEB also includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the system detects a vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling in the same direction that you may be about to crash into, it can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when driving in a forward gear. Depending on the situation, the vehicle may automatically brake moderately or hard. This automatic emergency braking can only occur if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 227 .

The system works when driving in a forward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to approximately  60 m (197 ft).

Warning
AEB is an emergency crash preparation feature and is not designed to avoid crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its operating speed range and only responds to detected vehicles.
AEB may not:

  • Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or hilly roads.
    Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles with a trailer, tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.
  • Detect a vehicle when weather limits visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.
    Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this happens, AEB may engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the accelerator pedal .

Warning
AEB may automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could respond to a turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs, and other non-moving objects. To override AEB, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake pedal is applied quickly by providing a boost to braking based on the speed of approach and distance to a vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal movement during this time is normal and the brake pedal should continue to be applied as needed. IBA will automatically disengage only when the brake pedal is released.

Warning
IBA may increase vehicle braking in situations when it may not be necessary. You could block the flow of traffic. If this occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal and then apply the brakes as needed.

AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization page 122.

Warning
Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer.

A system unavailable message may display if:

  • The front of the vehicle or windshield is not clean.
  • Heavy rain or snow is interfering with object detection.
  • There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.

The AEB system does not need service.

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System

If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes with nearby pedestrians when driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an amber indicator, Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 62When approaching a detected pedestrian too quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps. FPB can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system may also respond to pedestrians.
See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) page  247.

The FPB system can detect and alert to pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). During daytime driving, the system detects pedestrians up to a distance of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During nighttime driving, system performance is very limited.

Warning
FPB does not provide an alert or automatically brake the vehicle, unless it detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect pedestrians, including children:

  • When the pedestrian is not directly ahead, fully visible, or standing upright, or when part of a group.
  • Due to poor visibility, including nighttime conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
  • If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
    If the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition.
    Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. For more information, see Defensive Driving page 184 . Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor clean and in good repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization page 122.

Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 62

FPB alerts and automatic braking will not occur unless the FPB system detects a pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is detected in front of the vehicle, the pedestrian ahead indicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 62

With Head-Up Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 26

Without Head-Up Display

When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.

Automatic Braking
If FPB detects it is about to crash into a pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes have not been applied, FPB may automatically brake moderately or brake hard. This can help to avoid some very low speed pedestrian crashes or reduce pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically brake to detected pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).

Automatic braking levels may be reduced under certain conditions, such as higher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Braking may engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. A firm press of the accelerator pedal will also release Automatic Braking and the EPB.

Warning
FPB may alert or automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could falsely alert or brake for objects similar in shape or size to pedestrians, including shadows. This is normal operation and the vehicle does not need service. To override Automatic Braking, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization page 122.

Warning
Using the Front Pedestrian Braking system while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System
If FPB does not seem to operate properly, cleaning the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and a vehicle is also detected on the same side, the display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. Since this system is part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, read the entire LCA section before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the corresponding outside mirror and will flash if the turn signal is on .

Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles outside of the system detection zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may not provide alerts when changing lanes under all driving conditions. Failure to use proper care when changing lanes may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Before making a lane change, always check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.

LCA Detection Zones

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual42

  1. SBZA Detection Zone
  2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning area starts at approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also warned of vehicles rapidly approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind the vehicle.

How the System Works
The LCA symbol lights up in the outside mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it may be unsafe to change lanes. Before making a lane change, check the LCA display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual43

Left Outside Mirror Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual62

Right Outside Mirror Display

When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to indicate the system is operating. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right outside mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in the next lane over in that blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone. If the turn signal is activated in the same direction as a detected vehicle, this display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled. When you disable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alert is also disabled. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
The LCA system requires some driving for the system to calibrate to maximum performance. This calibration may occur more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a straight highway road with traffic and roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on when passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out to either side of the vehicle. Attached objects may also interfere with the detection of vehicles. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver to vehicles in the next lane over, especially in wet conditions or when driving on sharp curves. The system does not need to be serviced. The system may light up due to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors in the left or right corners of the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care page 326. If the DIC still displays the system unavailable message after cleaning both sides of the vehicle toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see your dealer.
If the LCA displays do not light up when moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or are rapidly approaching this zone and the system is clean, the system may need service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement page 359.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. This system uses a camera to detect lane markings. The LKA can be ready to assist at speeds between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph). On some vehicles, the system will instead operate above 50 km/h (31 mph). LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking. This system is not intended to keep the vehicle centered in the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if it detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering. LKA can be overridden by turning the steering wheel. If the system detects you are steering intentionally across a lane marker, the LDW may not be given. Do not expect the LDW to occur when you are intentionally crossing a lane marker.

Warning
The LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. It may not keep the vehicle in the lane or give a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a lane marking is detected.
The LKA and LDW systems may not:

  • Provide an alert or enough steering assist to avoid a lane departure or crash.
  • Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This can occur if the windshield or headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, or ice; if they are not in proper condition; or if the sun shines directly into the camera.
  • Detect road edges.
    Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
  • If LKA only detects lane markings on one side of the road, it will only assist or provide an LDW alert when approaching the lane on the side where it has detected a lane marking. Even with LKA and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. Always keep your attention on the road and maintain proper vehicle position within the lane, or vehicle damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LKA in bad weather conditions or on roads with unclear lane markings, such as construction zones.

Warning
Using LKA on slippery roads could cause loss of control of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the system off.

LKA will not alert the driver if a towed trailer crosses into an adjacent lane of travel. Serious injury or property damage may occur if the trailer moves into another lane. Always monitor the trailer position while towing to make sure it is within the same lane as the tow vehicle.

  • How the System Works
    LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to detect lane markings. It may provide brief steering assist if it detects an unintended lane departure. It may further provide an audible alert or the driver seat may pulse indicating that a lane marking has been crossed. The system does not provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) when intentionally steering across a lane marker. To turn LKA on and off, press Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60on the center stack. If equipped, the indicator light on the button comes on when LKA is on and turns off when LKA is disabled. In some vehicles a long press of over three seconds is required to turn LKA off.
  • When on, Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60 is white, if equipped, indicating that the system is not ready to assist. A is green if LKA is ready to assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60 is amber when assisting. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60amber if the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking. Additionally, there may be three beeps, or the driver seat may pulse three times, on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction.

Take Steering
The LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active driver steering, an alert and chime may be provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA may become temporarily unavailable after repeated take steering alerts.

When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
The system performance may be affected by:

  • Close vehicles ahead .
    Sudden lighting changes, such as when driving through tunnels.
  • Banked road .
  • Roads with poor lane markings, such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioning properly when lane markings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help.

A camera blocked message may display if the camera is blocked. Some driver assistance systems may have reduced performance or not work at all. An LKA or LDW unavailable message may display if the systems are temporarily unavailable. This message could be due to a blocked camera. The LKA system does not need service. Clean the outside of the windshield behind the rearview mirror.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the road, temporary or construction lane markings, or other road imperfections. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier Fuel

GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers and applicable countries.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 44

Recommended Fuel

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual45

Regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating (R+M)/2 of 87 or greater is recommended. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rating of less than 87, as this will result in reduced performance and driveability. If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at 87 or greater, the engine needs service.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume.

Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its warranty:

  • For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
  • Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These fuels can corrode metal fuel system parts or damage plastic and rubber
  • Fuel containing metals such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage the emissions control system and spark plugs.
  • Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel economy and performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst.

Fuels in Foreign Countries

The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreign country, see Prohibited Fuels page 254 .

Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly recommended for use with your vehicle. If your country does not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free and performing optimally.

Filling the Tank
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge page 102.

Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death.
Follow these guidelines to help avoid injuries to you and others:

  • Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island.
  • Turn off the engine when refueling.
    Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
    Do not leave the fuel pump unattended.
    Avoid using electronic devices while refueling.
    Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel.
    Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel.
  • Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static electricity from your body.
  • Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is inserted too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Insert the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop before beginning to flow fuel.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 45

To open the fuel door, push and release the rearward center edge of the door.
The capless refueling system does not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.

Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause:

  1. Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system.
  2. Fuel spills.
  3. Under certain conditions, fuel fires.
  4. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care page 326. Push the fuel door closed until it latches.

Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable fuel container .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual47

  1. Locate the capless funnel adapter from the rear cargo area under the load floor tray.
  2. Insert and latch the funnel into the capless fuel system.

Warning
Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel container without using the funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage and damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged.

  1. Remove and clean the funnel adapter and return it to the storage location

Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. To help avoid injury to you and others:

  • Dispense fuel only into approved containers.
  • Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, in a pickup bed, or on any surface other than the ground.
  • Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle. Maintain contact until filling is complete.
  • Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
    Avoid using electronic devices while pumping fuel.

Trailer Towing

General Towing Information
Only use towing equipment that has been designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer or trailering dealer for assistance with preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the entire section before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 323. To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing page 324.

Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips
Warning
You can lose control when towing a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly. For example, if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load, the vehicle may not stop as expected. You and others could be seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer
Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be used properly.

The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

  • Become familiar with and follow all state and local laws that apply to trailer These requirements vary from state to state.
  • State laws may require the use of extended side view mirrors. If your visibility is limited or restricted while towing, install extended side view mirrors, even if not required.
  • Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent damage to the engine, axle, or other parts.
  • GM recommends performing an oil change to the vehicle before heavy.
  • Do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not make starts at full throttle during the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer
  • Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). If the transmission downshifts too often, a lower gear may be selected using Manual Mode. See Manual Mode page 203 .

If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned off when towing a trailer:

  • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
  • Super Cruise Control
  • Park Assist
  • Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
  • Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned to alert or off when towing a trailer:

  • Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
  • Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
  • Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), the LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a trailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), use caution while backing up when towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed.

Warning
To prevent serious injury or death from carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a trailer:

Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most window open.
Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air. See “Climate Control Systems” in the Index.

For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust page 201 .

Towing a trailer requires experience. The combination of the vehicle and trailer is longer and not as responsive as the vehicle itself. Get used to the handling and braking of the combination by driving on a level road surface before driving on public roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, and the brakes must be all be rated to carry the intended cargo. Inadequate trailer equipment can cause the combination to operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See Towing Equipment page 246   If the trailer has electric brakes, start the combination moving and then manually apply the trailer brake controller to check the trailer brakes work. During the trip, occasionally check that the cargo and trailer are secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are working.

Towing with a Stability Control System
When towing, the stability control system might be heard. The system reacts to vehicle movement caused by the trailer, which mainly occurs during cornering. This is normal when towing heavier trailers.

Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing
More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer. The combination of the vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as quickly and is much longer than the vehicle alone. It is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid passing on hills if possible.

Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. To move the trailer to the left, move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move that hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.

Making Turns
Caution
Turn more slowly and make wider arcs when towing a trailer to prevent damage to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns could cause the trailer to contact the vehicle.

Make wider turns than normal when towing, so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, or other objects. Always signal turns well in advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downhill grade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the brakes may overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

When towing at higher altitudes, engine coolant will boil at a lower temperature than at lower altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle could show signs similar to engine overheating. To avoid this, let the engine run, preferably on level ground, with the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes before turning the engine off. If the overheat warning comes on, see Engine Overheating page 279

Warning
To prevent serious injury or death, always park your vehicle and trailer on a level surface when possible.

When parking your vehicle and your trailer on a hill:

  1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill.
  2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
  3. When the wheel chocks are in place, gradually release the brake pedal to allow the chocks to absorb the load of the trailer.
  4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the parking brake and shift into P (Park).
  5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

  1. Apply and hold the brake pedal:
    • Start the engine.
    • Shift into the desired gear.
    • Release the parking brake.
  2. Let up on the brake pedal.
  3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
  4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.

Maintenance When Trailer Towing
The vehicle needs service more often when used to tow trailers. See Maintenance Schedule page 336. It is especially important to check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake system before and during each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing
The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions. See Engine Overheating page 279 .

Trailer Towing
Caution
Towing a trailer improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer correctly, follow the directions in this section and see your dealer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailer Weight
Warning
Never exceed the towing capacity for your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature, dimensions of the front of the trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is used to tow a trailer.

Trailer Weight Ratings
When towing a trailer, the combined weight of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and trailer contents must be below all of the maximum weight ratings for the vehicle including:

  • Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
  • Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
  • Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
  • Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear (GAWR-RR)
  • Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating

See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment” under Towing Equipment page 263 to determine if equalizer bars are required to obtain the maximum trailer weight rating.

See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Equipment page 263 to determine if brakes are required based on the trailer weight.

The only way to be sure the weight is not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded for the trip, getting individual weights for each of these items.

Warning
You and others could be seriously injured or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. The vehicle may be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer.

Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
GCWR is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any fuel, passengers, cargo, equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for the vehicle is on the tow rating chart later in this section.

To check that the weight of the vehicle and trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, follow these steps:

  1. Start with the “curb weight” from the Trailering Information Label.
  2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with cargo and ready for the trip.
  3. Add the weight of all passengers.
  4. Add the weight of all cargo in the vehicle .
  5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, or sway bars.
  6. Add the weight of any accessories or aftermarket equipment added.

The resulting weight cannot exceed the GCWR value shown on the Trailering Information Label.

The gross combined weight can also be confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer on a public scale. The truck and trailer should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual48

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
For information about the vehicle’s maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load Limits page 208 . When calculating the GVWR with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the weight the vehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
The maximum trailer weight rating is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a driver, a front seat passenger, and all required trailering equipment. This value represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce the trailer weight to stay within the GCW, GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.

Use the tow rating chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model, powertrain and trailering option .

VehicleMaximum Trailer Weight*GCWR
Front-Wheel Drive680 kg (1,500 lb)3 050 kg (6,725 lb)
Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package2 268 kg (5,000 lb)4 650 kg (10,250 lb)
All-Wheel Drive680 kg (1,500 lb)3 200 kg (7,055 lb)
All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package2 268 kg (5,000 lb)4 750 kg (10,470 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating   is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support using a conventional trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the overall trailer weight to stay within the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while  still maintaining the correct trailer load balance.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual49

Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue weight of 45.36 kg (100 lb).

The trailer tongue weight contributes to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the CURB WEIGHT of your vehicle, any passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum allowable tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance
The correct trailer load balance must be maintained to ensure trailer stability. Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of trailer sway.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual50

The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– 15% of the loaded trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types, such as boat trailers, fall outside of this range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the recommended trailer tongue weight for each trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for your vehicle, hitch and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separately weigh the trailer and then the trailer tongue and calculate the trailer load balance percentage to see if the weights and distribution are appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer weight is too high, it may be possible to transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle .

If the trailer tongue weight is too high or too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the cargo inside of the trailer.

Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the shortest hitch extension available to position the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch receiver, choose a carrier that positions the load as close to the vehicle as possible.
Make sure the total weight, including the carrier, is no more than half of the maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle.

Ask your dealer for trailering information or assistance.

Towing Equipment
Hitches
Always use the correct hitch equipment for your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads can affect the trailer and the hitch.

Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer combination. Many trailers can be towed using a weight-carrying hitch which has a coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers may require a weight-distributing hitch that uses spring bars to distribute the trailer tongue weight between your vehicle and trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer Towing page 243 for weight limits with various hitch types.
Never attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches. Only use frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to the bumper.

Hitches cover

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 50

To remove hitch cover, if equipped:

  1. Remove the two fasteners on the lower tabs.
  2. Pull the lower edge of the cover to about a 45 degree angle.
  3. Pull the cover downward to disengage the upper attachments.

To reinstall hitch cover:

  1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle to the vehicle and push the upper tabs into the slots in the bumper.
  2. Push the bottom of the cover forward until the lower tabs line up with the lower slots.
  3. Snap the hitch cover into place by pushing the upper corners forward.
  4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower tabs.

Consider using mechanical sway controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional about sway controls or refer to the trailer manufacturer’s recommendations and
instructions.
Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment
A weight-distributing hitch may be useful with some trailers.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 51

  1. Front of Vehicle
  2. Body to Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributing hitch, measure the front fender height above the front axle distance (2) before and after connecting the trailer. Adjust the spring bars
until the front fender height distance (2) is approximately half way between the first and second measurements.

Tires
Do not tow a trailer while using a compact spare tire on the vehicle .

  • Tires must be properly inflated to support loads while towing a trailer. See Tires page 287  for instructions on proper tire inflation.

Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer, and attach the chains to the holes on the trailer hitch platform.

Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch. Always leave just enough slack so the combination can turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes
Loaded trailers over 450 kg (1,000 lb) must be equipped with brake systems and with brakes for each axle. Trailer braking equipment conforming to Canadian Standards Association (CSA) requirement CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is recommended.

State or local regulations may require trailers to have their own braking system if the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds certain minimums that can vary from state to state.
Read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they are installed, adjusted, and maintained properly.
Never attempt to tamper with the hydraulic brake system for your trailer brakes. Do not connect a trailer’s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system. If you do, both the vehicle antilock brakes and the trailer brakes may not function, which could result in a crash.

Trailer Wiring
The trailer wiring harness (if equipped), with a 7-pin connector is located at the rear of the vehicle, and it is tied to the vehicle’s frame.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 52

If the vehicle is not equipped with a 7-pin trailer connector, the body harness has provisions to connect a trailer harness and a 7-pin trailer connector which is available through your dealer.
Use only a round, seven-wire connector with flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 specifications for proper electrical connectivity.
The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits:

1Stop/Turn Signal LeftYellow/Blue
2Tail/Parking LampsGray/Brown
3Reverse LampsWhite/Green
4Battery FeedRed/Green
5Stop/Turn Signal RightGreen/Brown
6Electric Trailer Brake*Blue
7GroundBlack

Electric Trailer Brake Control Wiring Provisions
Wiring provisions for an aftermarket electric trailer brake controller are included with the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring package. The harness contains the following circuits.

Electric Trailer BrakesBlue
Battery FeedRed/Green or Red/Blue
Brake Apply SignalWhite/Blue
GroundBlack

Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake controller owner’s manual to determine wire color coding of the electric trailer brake controller. The wire colors on the brake controller may be different from the vehicle. The electric trailer brake controller should be installed by your dealer or a qualified service center.

If equipped, there are four blunt cut wires inside the front driver side instrument panel. It will be necessary to have a technician connect the 12-volt power to the engine compartment fuse block.

Trailer Lamps
Always check all trailer lamps are working at the beginning of each trip, and periodically on longer trips.

Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When properly connected, the trailer turn signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle is turning, changing lanes, or stopping.
When towing a trailer, the arrows on the instrument cluster will illuminate even if the trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs are burned out.

Tow/Haul Mode

For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul mode, see Driver Mode Control 0 226.

Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load.

Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most effective when the vehicle and trailer combined weight is at least 75% of the vehicle’s Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). See “Weight of the Trailer” under Trailer Towing 0 260.

Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load:

  • through rolling terrain

 

  • in stop-and-go traffic
  • in busy parking lots

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode when lightly loaded or not towing will not cause damage; however, it is not recommended and may result in unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics and reduced fuel economy.

Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, to help reduce excessive trailer sway.

If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply the trailer brakes.

Buick Enclave 2022 Driving and Operating User Manual 18

If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 224.

Warning
Trailer sway can result in a crash and in serious injury or death, even if the vehicle is equipped with TSC.
If the trailer begins to sway, reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. Then pull over to check the trailer and vehicle to help correct possible causes, including an improperly or overloaded trailer, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch configuration, or improperly inflated or incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing Equipment page 263 for trailer ratings and hitch setup recommendations.

Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff sidewalls to help prevent sway and to support heavy loads. These features can make it difficult to determine if the trailer tire pressures are low only based on a visual inspection.

Always check all trailer tire pressures before each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer tire sidewall will show the week and year the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire manufacturers recommend replacing tires more than six years old.

Overloading is another leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer with more weight than the tires are designed to support. The load rating is located on the trailer tire sidewall.

Always know the maximum speed rating for the trailer tires before driving. This may be significantly lower than the vehicle tire speed rating. The speed rating may be on the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is not shown, the default trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h (65 mph).

Conversions and Add-Ons

Add-On Electrical Equipment
Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) page 107

A device connected to the DLC — such as an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tracking device — may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems.

Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle’s 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle page 63
Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle page 63

FAQs

  1. What is the recommended fuel type for the 2022 Buick Enclave?
    87 octane or higher regular unleaded fuel is required to operate the 2022 Buick Enclave.
  2. How do I start the 2022 Buick Enclave?
    Make sure the key fob is in the Buick Enclave before pressing the brake pedal and the centre console’s engine start/stop button to get the car moving.
  3. Does the 2022 Buick Enclave have a remote start feature?
    Yes, the 2022 Buick Enclave frequently has a remote start capability included. The engine can be started remotely by pressing the remote start button on the key fob.
  4. How do I engage the parking brake in the Buick Enclave?
    In the 2022 Buick Enclave, the parking brake is normally used by depressing the pedal, which is situated on the left side of the driver’s footwell.
  5. Does the 2022 Buick Enclave have a backup camera?
    In order to help with parking and maneuvering, the 2022 Buick Enclave normally comes equipped with a backup camera that streams a live video feed of the space behind the car.
  6. How do I adjust the steering wheel position in my Buick Enclave?
    The 2022 Buick Enclave’s steering wheel can often be manually adjusted. To tilt or telescope the steering wheel to the appropriate position, find the lever or button on the steering column.
  7. What is the maximum towing capacity of the 2022 Buick Enclave?
    The maximum towing capacity of the 2022 Buick Enclave is typically around 5,000 pounds when properly equipped. However, it’s important to consult the vehicle’s specifications and towing guide for the specific model and configuration.
  8. How do I activate the cruise control in my Buick Enclave?
    Yes, the Buick Enclave frequently has an all-wheel drive (AWD) system that can improve stability and traction under different driving circumstances.
  9. How do I adjust the side mirrors in my Buick Enclave?
    The Buick Enclave’s side mirrors can be adjusted using the power mirror controls found on the driver’s door panel. Use the directional pad to move the mirror by selecting the left or right one.

2023 Buick Enclave Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2022 User Manual| Auto User Guide
Download Buick Manuals: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual

Driving Information

Driving for Better Fuel Economy

Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible.

  • Set the climate controls to the desired temperature after the engine is started, or turn them off when not required.
  • On AWD vehicles, see Driver Mode Control page 215.
  • Avoid fast starts and accelerate
  • Brake gradually and avoid abrupt
  • Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time.
  • When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use cruise control.
  • Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions
  • Keep vehicle tires properly
  • Combine several trips into a single
  • Replace the vehicle’s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire’s sidewall near the size.
  • Follow recommended scheduled

Distracted Driving

Distraction comes in many forms and can take your focus from the task of driving. Exercise good judgment and do not let other activities divert your attention away from the road. Many local governments have enacted laws regarding driver distraction.

Become familiar with the local laws in your area.

To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on driving.

  • Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary phone calls.
  • Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices.
  • Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential distractions.
  • Become familiar with vehicle features before driving, such as programming favorite radio stations and adjusting climate control and seat settings. Program all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving.
  • Wait until the vehicle is parked to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor.
  • Stop or park the vehicle to tend to children.
  • Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or restraint.
  • Avoid stressful conversations while driving, whether with a passenger or on a cell phone.

Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that system and the navigation system, if equipped, including pairing and using a cell phone.

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always expect the unexpected.” The first step in driving defensively is to wear the seat belt. See Seat Belts page 48

  • Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they may do and be ready.
  • Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you.
  • Focus on the task of driving .

Impaired Driving
Death and injury associated with impaired driving is a global tragedy.

Warning
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol or drugs. You can have a serious — or even fatal — collision if you drive after drinking or taking drugs.
Do not drive while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver who has been drinking or is impaired by drugs. Find alternate transportation home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober.

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control a vehicle while driving.

Braking
Braking action involves perception time and reaction time. Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time.

Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of distance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:

  • Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.
  • Avoid needless heavy braking .
  • Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering
Caution
To avoid damage to the steering system, do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, or similar objects at speeds greater than 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving over other objects such as lane dividers and speed bumps. Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual4

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering system, which reduces the amount of effort needed to steer the vehicle. It does not have power steering fluid. Regular maintenance is not required.

If the vehicle experiences a system malfunction and loses power steering, greater steering effort may be required. Power steering assist also may be reduced if you turn the steering wheel as far as it can turn and hold it there with force for an extended period of time.

See your dealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips

  • Take curves at a reasonable speed. 2
  • Reduce speed before entering a curve.
  • Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve.
  • Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating gently into the curve.00
Steering in Emergencies

There are some situations when steering around a problem may be more effective than braking.

    • Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand.
    • The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking.
  1. Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual54

The vehicle’s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips:

  1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement.
  2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge.
  3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle’s three control systems:

  • Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling.
  • Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force.
  • Acceleration Skid — too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions:

  • Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to The vehicle may straighten out. Be ready for a second skid if it occurs.
  • Slow down and adjust your driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize warning clues — such as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt.
  • Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road Driving
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles can be used for off-road driving. Vehicles without AWD and vehicles not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not be driven off-road except on a level, solid surface. To contact the tire manufacturer for more information about the original equipment tires, see the warranty manual.

Controlling the vehicle is the key to successful off-road driving. One of the best ways to control the vehicle is to control the speed.

Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing and quick changes in direction can easily throw you out of position. This could cause you to lose control and crash. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts.

Before Driving Off-Road

  • Have all necessary maintenance and service work completed.
  • Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check inflation pressure in all tires, including the spare, if equipped.
  • Read all the information about AWD vehicles in this manual.
  • Make sure all underbody shields, if equipped, are properly attached.
  • Know the local laws that apply to off-road driving .

To gain more ground clearance if needed, it may be necessary to remove the front fascia lower air dam. However, driving without the air dam reduces fuel economy.

Caution
Operating the vehicle for extended periods without the front fascia lower air dam installed can cause improper airflow to the engine. Reattach the front fascia air dam after off-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving

Warning

  • Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain. You or your passengers can be struck by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly.
  • Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. The heaviest things should be on the floor, forward of the rear axle.
  • Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle’s center of gravity, making it more likely to roll over. You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads inside the cargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loading the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

Environmental Concerns
Always use established trails, roads, and areas that have been set aside for public off-road recreational driving and obey all posted regulations.

  • Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, or grasses or disturb wildlife.
  • Do not park over things that See

Parking over Things That Burn page 206.

Driving on Hills

Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and an understanding of what the vehicle can and cannot do.

Warning
Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can cause loss of control. Driving across hills can cause a rollover. You could be injured or killed. Do not drive on steep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess the steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the vehicle and walk the hill before driving further.

When driving on hills:

  • Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on the steering wheel.
  • Maintain a slow
  • When possible, drive straight up or down the hill.
  • Slow down when approaching the top of the hill.

Warning
Driving to the top of a hill at high speed can cause a crash. There could be a drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even another vehicle. You could be seriously injured or killed. As you near the top of a hill, slow down and stay alert.

  • Use headlamps even during the day to make the vehicle more visible.
    Never go downhill forward or backward with the transmission in N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose control.
  • When driving down a hill, keep the vehicle headed straight down. Use a low gear because the engine will work with the brakes to slow the vehicle and help keep the vehicle under control.

Warning
Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade. This could cause loss of control and you or others could be injured or killed. Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control.

  • Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. Driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels, which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover.
  • . Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it can hit something and potentially
    roll over.
  • . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline more severe. If a rock is driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression, the vehicle can tilt even more.
  • . If an incline must be driven across and the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent side slipping.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

  1.  Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and then apply the parking brake.
  2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the engine.
    • If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the parking brake, and back straight down.
    • Never try to turn the vehicle around.
    • If the hill is steep enough to stall the vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it to roll over.
    • If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down the hill.
    • Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) using only the brake.
    • The vehicle can roll backward quickly and you could lose control.
    • If driving downhill when the vehicle stalls, shift to a lower gear, release the parking brake, and drive straight down the hill.
  3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after stalling, set the parking brake, shift into P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
    1. Leave the vehicle and seek help
    2.  Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill.

Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the downhill side when stopped across an incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.

  • Use headlamps even during the day to make the vehicle more visible.
  • Never go downhill forward or backward with the transmission in N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose control.
  • When driving down a hill, keep the vehicle headed straight Use a low gear because the engine will work with the brakes to slow the vehicle and help keep the vehicle under control.

Warning
Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade. This could cause loss of control and you or others could be injured or killed. Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control.

  • Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. Driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels, which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover.

Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, If the vehicle slips sideways, it can hit something and potentially roll over.

  • Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline more severe. If a rock is driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression, the vehicle can tilt even more .
  • If an incline must be driven across and the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent side slipping.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

  1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and then apply the parking brake.
  2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the engine .
    • If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the parking brake, and back straight down.
  • Never try to turn the vehicle around. If the hill is steep enough to stall the vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it to roll over.

If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down the hill.

  • If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down the hill.
  • Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) using only the brake.
  • The vehicle can roll backward quickly and you could lose control.
  • If driving downhill when the vehicle stalls, shift to a lower gear, release the parking brake, and drive straight down the hill.
  1. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after stalling, set the parking brake, shift into P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
    • Leave the vehicle and seek
    • Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill.
  • Warning
    Getting out of the vehicle on the downhill side when stopped across an incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed c killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.
  • Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice

    Use a low gear when driving in mud — the deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck.

    Traction changes when driving on sand. On loose sand, such as on beaches or sand dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. This affects steering, accelerating, and braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.

    Traction is reduced on hard packed snow and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce vehicle speed when driving on hard packed snow and ice.

  • Warning
    Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary greatly and the vehicle could fall through the ice; you and your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces only.
  • Driving in Water
    Warning

Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown. If it is only shallow water, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires. Traction could be lost, and the vehicle could roll over. Do not drive through rushing water.

Caution
Do not drive through standing water if it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can damage the axle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep, drive through it slowly. At faster speeds, water can get into the engine and cause it to stall. Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is under water. Do not turn off the ignition when driving through water. If the exhaust pipe is under water, the engine will not start. When going through water, the brakes get wet, and it might take longer to stop. See Driving on Wet Roads page 193.

After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody or chassis, or under the hood. These accumulations can be a fire hazard.

After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings cleaned and checked. These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure, steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and exhaust system for damage and check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance service is required. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water

Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle’s tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet weather driving tips include:

  • Allow extra following
  • Pass with caution.
  • Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape.
  • Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
  • Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires page 285.
  • Turn off cruise
  • Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD) See

Driver Mode Control page 215.

Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

  • Keep the vehicle serviced and in good
  • Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and transmission.
  • Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills.
  • Warning
    Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake performance, and could result in a loss of braking. Shift the transmission to a lower gear to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope.

Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with the ignition off is dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear.

  • Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross the center line.
  • Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
    Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action.
  • Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. See Driver Mode Control page 215 and All-Wheel Drive page 210.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice
Caution
To avoid damage to the wheels and brake components, always clear snow and ice from inside the wheels and underneath the vehicle before driving.

Snow or ice between the tires and the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32°F) when freezing rain begins to fall.

Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

  • Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick.
  • Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213.
  • The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but the brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) page 211.
  • Allow greater following distance and watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas. The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice.
  • Turn off cruise
    Cold Weather Mode
    In very low temperatures, a cold weather message may display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The engine speed, transmission shift patterns, and cabin fan speed may operate differently to enable the vehicle to warm up quicker. You can manually override the cabin fan speed in cold weather mode.

Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program page 338. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe:

  • Turn on the hazard warning
  • Tie a red cloth to an outside

Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

  • Clear snow from the base of the vehicle, especially any blocking the exhaust pipe.
  • Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the vehicle side that is away from the wind, to bring in fresh air.
  • Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
  • Adjust the climate control system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems.”

For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust page 206.

To save fuel, run the engine for short periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive, when running the engine, push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud,  ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle, turn the traction system off and use the rocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213.

Warning
If the vehicle’s tires spin at high speed, they can explode, and you or others could be injured. The vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph).

For All-Wheel Drive (AWD), select Off-Road or AWD mode. See Driver Mode Control page 215 and All-Wheel Drive page 210.

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction system. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, spinning the wheels as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting,

and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle

does need to be towed out, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311.

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it may properly carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label.

Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a crash. Overloading can also reduce stopping performance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information Label

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 03

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and

loading information label shows the number of occupant seating

positions (1), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds.

The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation see Tires page 285 and Tire Pressure page 290.

There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification/ Tire label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See “Certification/Tire Label” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit

  1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard.
  1. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
  2. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
  3. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
  4. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
  5. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.”
    See Trailer Towing page 249 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules and trailering tips.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 04

Example 1

  1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
  2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

Available Occupant and Cargo
Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs).

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 06

Example 2

  1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
  2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
  3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs).

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 07

  • Example 3

    1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
    2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
    3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs).

    Refer to the vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about the vehicle’s capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle’s capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 8

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size of the vehicle’s original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. The label shows the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both sides of the centerline.

Caution
Overloading the vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle.

Warning
Things inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.

  • Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as far forward as possible. Try to spread the weight evenly.
  • Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
  • Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle.
    Secure loose items in the vehicle. . Do not leave a seat folded down unless needed.

Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines:

  • Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 800 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle.
  • . Avoid making hard stops for the first 300 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings.
  • . Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
    See Trailer Towing page 249 for the trailer towing capabilities of the vehicle and more information.

Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased.

On new vehicles, the various mechanical and electrical systems experience a “break-in” period during the first 6 400 km (4,000 mi) of routine driving. As the vehicle is driven, the mechanical systems adjust to provide optimal fuel economy and transmission shift performance.

Electrical systems will adapt and calibrate during the break-in period. A one-time occurrence of clicks and similar vehicle noises is normal during this process.

Normal driving charges the vehicle’s battery to achieve the best operation of the vehicle, including fuel economy and the Stop/Start System. See Stop/Start System page 202.

Ignition Positions

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 9

Vehicles with Keyless Access have pushbutton starting.

The remote key must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. If the pushbutton start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing interference to the Keyless Access system. See Remote Key Operation page 7.

To shift out of P (Park), the engine must be running, and the brake pedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) page 204.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low), the vehicle will shift to P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active.

If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), the ignition will return to accessory mode and display the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the ignition will turn off.

Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency:

  1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.
  2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location.
  3. Come to a complete stop and shift to P (Park).
  4. Set the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake page 211.
  5. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the vehicle off.

Warning
Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.
Accessory Mode (Amber Indicator Light) : This mode allows some electrical accessories to be used when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the button one time without the brake pedal applied will place the ignition system in accessory mode.
The ignition will switch from accessory mode to OFF after five minutes to prevent battery rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This mode is for driving and starting. With the ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, pressing the button once will place the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine cranking begins, release the button. Engine cranking will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine page 201.

The ignition will then remain on.

Service Mode
This power mode is available for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. With the vehicle off, and the brake pedal not applied, pressing and holding the button for more than five seconds will place the vehicle in Service Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will not be able to be driven. The engine will not start in Service Mode. Press the button again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the Engine
Shift the vehicle into P (Park) or N (Neutral).
To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped.

Caution
If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Add-On Electrical Equipment page 256.

  1. With the Keyless Access system, the remote key must be in the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedal applied. When the engine begins cranking, let go of the button.
    The idle speed will go down as the engine gets warm. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it.
    If the remote key is not in the vehicle, if there is interference, or if the remote key battery is low, a Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a message. See Remote Key Operation page 7.
    Caution
    Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by trying to start the engine immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down.
  2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below −18 °C or 0°F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you press ENGINE START/STOP. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. When the engine starts, release the accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts.

Stop/Start System
This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has components designed for the increased number of starts.

Warning
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature causes the engine to shut off while the vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle may restart and move unexpectedly. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn the ignition off before exiting the vehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start
When the brakes are applied and the vehicle is at a complete stop, the engine may turn off. When stopped, the tachometer displays AUTO STOP. See Tachometer page 101. When the brake pedal is released or the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will restart.
To maintain vehicle performance, other conditions may cause the engine to automatically restart before the brake pedal is released.
Auto Stops may not occur and/or auto restarts may occur because:

  • The climate control settings require the engine to be running to cool or heat the vehicle interior.
    The vehicle battery needs to charge.
    The vehicle battery has recently been disconnected.
    Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Auto Stop.
    The accelerator pedal is pressed.
    The engine or transmission is not at the required operating temperature.
    The outside temperature is not in the required operating range.
  • The vehicle transmission is shifted out of D (Drive) to any gear other than P (Park).
    Certain driver modes have been selected.
    See Driver Mode Control page 215.
    The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
    The driver door has been opened or driver seat belt has been unbuckled.
    The hood has been opened.
    The Auto Stop has reached the maximum allowed time.

Auto Stop Disable Switch

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 10

The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing h.
Auto Stop/Start is enabled each time you start the vehicle.
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing h.
When the h indicator is illuminated, the system is enabled.

Engine Heater
If equipped, the engine heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up in cold weather conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting. An internal thermostat in the plug-end of the cord may exist, which will prevent engine heater operation at temperatures above -18 °C (0 °F).

Warning
Do not plug in the engine block heater while the vehicle is parked in a garage or under a carport. Property damage or personal injury may result. Always park the vehicle in a clear open area away from buildings or structures.

To Use the Engine Heater

  1. Turn off the engine .
    Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 11
  2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage yearly.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 13
  3. Open the engine heater connector cover.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 14
  4. Plug the heater cord into the connector in the front fascia.
    Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt AC outlet that is protected by a ground fault detection function.
    Warning
    Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire.

    • Plug the cord into a three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an electric shock.
    • Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Failure to use the recommended extension cord in good operating condition, or using a damaged heater or extension cord, could make it overheat and cause a fire, property damage, electric shock, and injury.
    • Do not operate the vehicle with the heater cord permanently attached to the vehicle. Possible heater cord and thermostat damage could occur.
    • While in use, do not let the heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges.
    • Before starting the vehicle, unplug the cord. Keep the cord away from any moving parts.
  5. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the cord.
  6.  Close the engine heater connector cover.

The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
When the vehicle is turned from on to off, the following features (if equipped) will continue to function for up to 10 minutes, or until the driver door is opened. These features will also work when the vehicle is on or in accessory mode:

  • Infotainment System
  • Power Windows (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
  • Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
  • Auxiliary Power Outlet
  • Audio System
  • OnStar System

Shifting Into Park
Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, use the steps that follow. If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245.

  1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the Electric Parking Brake (EPB). See Electric Parking Brake page 211.
  2. Press the P (Park) switch on the center console.
  3. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on a hill, the EPB may apply automatically. The driver may not be able to release the EPB using the EPB switch. It should automatically release when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running

Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the EPB and shift the vehicle to P (Park). If you are towing a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245.

If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running, the vehicle must be in P (Park) with the EPB set. Confirm that the vehicle is in P (Park).

Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an electronic transmission.

To shift out of P (Park):

  1. Ensure the engine.
  2. Apply the brake pedal .
  3. Press or pull the desired shift switch on the center For N (Neutral) press and hold the N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator illuminates red.

The P indicator will turn white and the gear indicator on the selected shift switch will turn red when the vehicle is no longer in P (Park).

If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), a Driver Information Center (DIC) message will be displayed. Check that the ignition is on, the engine is running, and the brake pedal is applied when you are attempting to shift out of P (Park). If all of these are met but the vehicle will not shift out of P (Park), see your dealer for service.

Parking over Things That Burn

Warning
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn.

Extended Parking
It is best not to park with the vehicle running. If the vehicle is left running, be sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park page 205 and Engine Exhaust page 206.

If the vehicle is left parked and running with the remote key outside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to 15 minutes.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with the remote key inside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to 30 minutes.
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is parked on a hill, due to lack of available fuel.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken out of P (Park) while it is running.

Engine Exhaust

Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

  • The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes).
  • The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different.
  • The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage.
  • The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired.
    There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or aftermarket modifications that are not completely sealed.
  • If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle:
    • Drive it only with the windows completely down.
    • Have the vehicle repaired

    Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation.

Running the Vehicle While Parked
It is better not to park with the engine running.

If the vehicle is left with the engine running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park page 205 and Engine Exhaust page 206.

If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245

Automatic Transmission

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 15

The shift switches are on the center console. The selected gear position will illuminate red on the shift switch, while all others will be displayed in white. If the shift is not immediate, as in very cold conditions, the indicator on the shift switch may flash until it is fully engaged.

The transmission does not operate when the vehicle is off.
If the vehicle is in accessory mode, the transmission can be shifted into P (Park).
If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while at a relatively high speed, the engine will turn off and the transmission will automatically shift into N (Neutral). Once the vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can be selected.
P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use P (Park) when starting the vehicle to ensure the vehicle does not move.

It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the transmission is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If the engine has been left running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and place the transmission into P (Park). See Shifting Into Park page 205 and Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245.

This vehicle is equipped with an electronically controlled transmission. The R (Reverse) and D (Drive) shift switches are designed to prevent inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) unless the ignition is on, and the brake pedal is applied.

When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The transmission will shift to P (Park) automatically.

The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift into P (Park).

To shift in and out of P (Park), see Shifting Into Park page 205 and Shifting out of Park page 205.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) while the speed is too high, the vehicle will shift into N (Neutral). Reduce the vehicle speed and try the shift again.

To shift into R (Reverse):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
  2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the center console .

To shift out of R (Reverse):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete console .
  2. Shift to the desired gear.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be used to rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck page 196.

N : In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed.

Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. It will automatically shift into P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral), press the N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator is red.

To shift out of N (Neutral):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete  stop .
  2. Shift into the desired gear.

Car Wash Mode
This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that allows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral) for use in automatic car washes. Car Wash Mode is not to be used for vehicle towing. If the vehicle needs to be towed, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311.

Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. It will automatically shift into P (Park) if left in Car Wash Mode.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver in Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the vehicle occupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car
  2. Apply the brake
  3. Shift to N (Neutral).
  4. Turn off the engine and release the brake pedal.
  5. The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, start the engine and repeat Steps 2–
  6. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver out of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the vehicle unoccupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash .
  2. Apply the brake pedal.
  3. Open the door.
  4. Shift to N (Neutral).
  5. Turn off the engine and release the brake pedal.
  6. The indicator should continue to show If it does not, start the engine and repeat Steps 2–5.
  7. Exit the vehicle and close the The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
  8. The vehicle may automatically shift to P (Park) upon re-entry.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver in Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle occupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car
  2. Apply the brake pedal .
  3. Shift into N (Neutral).
  4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle unoccupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
  2. Apply the brake pedal.
  3. Shift into N (Neutral).
  4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle unoccupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash
  2. Apply the brake  pedal .
  3. Open the engine .
  4. Shift into N (Neutral), then release the brake pedal.
  5. The indicator should continue to show If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4.
  6. Exit the vehicle and close the The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
  7. The vehicle may automatically shift into P (Park) upon re-entry.

Caution
A transmission hot message may display if the automatic transmission fluid is too hot. Driving under this condition can damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to cool the automatic transmission fluid. This message clears when the transmission fluid has cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normal driving.

If more power is needed for passing, press the accelerator pedal down.

If the vehicle is shifted into D (Drive) while the speed is too high, the transmission will get ready to engage D (Drive). Reduce the vehicle speed, then the transmission will engage D (Drive).

To shift into D (Drive):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete
  2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the center

To shift out of D (Drive):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop .
  2. Shift to the desired gear .

Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding. See “Skidding” under Loss of Control page 190

Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.

Manual Mode

Electronic Range Select (ERS)

Caution
If the vehicle is driven at a high rpm without upshifting while using Electronic Range Select (ERS), the vehicle could be damaged. Always upshift when necessary while using ERS.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 16

Electronic Range Select (ERS), or Manual Mode, allows for the selection of the range of gear positions. Use this mode when driving downhill or towing a trailer to limit the top gear and vehicle speed. The shift position indicator within the Driver

Information Center (DIC) will display a number next to the L indicating the highest available gear.

To enter Electronic Range Select or Manual Mode:

  1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), press the L (Low) button.
  2. Tap the left steering wheel control to reduce the highest gear available, or the right control to increase the highest gear

To exit Electronic Range Select, pull the D (Drive) switch on the center console.

When shifting to L (Low), the transmission will shift to a preset lower gear range. For this preset range, the highest gear available will be displayed next to the L in the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC). All gears below that number are available to use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are shifted automatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth) gear, tap the right steering wheel control or shift into D (Drive).

L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear range if the engine speed is too high. If the vehicle speed is not reduced within the time allowed, the lower gear range shift will not be completed. Slow the vehicle, then tap the left steering wheel control to the desired lower gear range.

Cruise control can be used while in ERS.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel Drive
Vehicles with this feature can operate in AWD Mode.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 17

Press the button to select All-Wheel Drive (AWD).

The AWD Mode will stay selected until the mode is changed. See Driver Mode Control page 215.

When operated in FWD, the vehicle will deliver power to the front wheels only and may provide better fuel economy.

When using a compact spare tire on an AWD vehicle, the system automatically detects the compact spare and reduces AWD performance to protect the system. To restore full AWD operation and prevent excessive wear on the system, replace the compact spare with a full-size tire as soon as possible. See Compact Spare Tire page 308.

Brakes

Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps prevent a braking skid and maintain steering while braking hard.

ABS performs a system check when the vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor or clicking noise may be heard while this test is going on, and the brake pedal may move slightly. This is normal.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 18

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light page 109.

ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake pedal and does not always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS.

Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS operate is normal.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows steering and braking at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help even more than braking.

Electric Parking Brake

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 19

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case of insufficient electrical power, the EPB cannot be applied or released. To prevent draining the battery, avoid unnecessary repeated cycles of the EPB.

The system has a red parking brake status light and an amber service parking brake warning light. See Electric Parking Brake Light page 108 and Service Electric Parking Brake Light page 108. There are also parking brake-related Driver Information Center (DIC) messages.

Before leaving the vehicle, check the red parking brake status light to ensure that the parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

  1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete
  2. Press the EPB switch

The red parking brake status light will flash and then stay on once the EPB is fully applied. If the red parking brake status light flashes continuously, then the EPB is only partially applied or there is a problem with the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release the EPB and try to apply it again. If the light does not come on, or keeps flashing, have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if the red parking brake status light is flashing. See your dealer.

If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light remains on. If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long as the switch is pressed. If the switch is pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB in some situations when the vehicle is not moving. This is normal, and is done to periodically check the correct operation of the EPB system, or at the request of other safety functions that utilize the EPB.

If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear wheels to prevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

  1. Turn the ignition on or to accessory mode.
  2. Apply and hold the brake
  3. Press the EPB switch

The EPB is released when the red parking brake status light is off.

If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, release the EPB by pressing and holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light is off. If either light stays on after release is attempted, see your dealer.

Caution
Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving.

If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release if the vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration when the EPB is applied, to preserve parking brake lining life.

Brake Assist

Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applications due to emergency braking situations and provides additional braking to activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement during this time may occur. Continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages when the brake pedal is released.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does not replace the need to pay attention and drive safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by this system. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving page 188.

When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from rolling in an unintended direction during the transition from brake pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the accelerator pedal is not applied within a few minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will apply. The brakes may also release under other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.

HSA is available when the vehicle is facing uphill in a forward gear, or when facing downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA to activate.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), an electronic stability control system. These systems help limit wheel slip and assist the driver in maintaining control, especially on slippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any of the drive wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction. When this happens, TCS applies the brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle senses a difference between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the intended path.
If cruise control is being used and TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on when cruise control is set.
Both systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move. The systems may be heard or felt while they are operating or while performing diagnostic checks. This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both systems on for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck page 196 and “Turning the Systems Off and On” later in this section.

uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual59

The indicator light for both systems is in the instrument cluster. This light will:

  • Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin .
  • Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated .
  • Turn on and stay on when either system is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive and is not assisting the driver in maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive, but driving should be adjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

  1. Stop the vehicle .
  2. Turn the engine off and wait 15
  3. Start the engine .
  4. Drive the vehicle .

If d comes on and stays on, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged.

TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC are turned off and on using the Driver Information Center (DIC) controls. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115 and Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99 for instructions on navigating the cluster menus.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 20

To turn Traction (TCS) or StabiliTrak (ESC) off and on, access the Traction and Stability display from the Options application.
The current status of each system is displayed next to the Traction and Stability icons. To turn either system off or on, select Menu to access the Traction and Stability menu screen.
To turn TCS off, select Traction Off from the menu. The Traction Off Light i displays in the instrument cluster. See Traction Off Light page 110.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin, the TCS will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn TCS back on, select Traction On from the menu

Select Stability from the Traction and Stability menu to access the Stability Menu.
To turn StabiliTrak/ESC off, select Stability Off from the menu. The StabiliTrak Off Light g will display in the instrument cluster. See StabiliTrak OFF Light page 110.
TCS cannot be on when StabiliTrak/ESC is off. If TCS is on when StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off, both systems will turn off.|To turn StabiliTrak/ESC back on, select Stability On from the menu. TCS will remain off.
To turn both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC back on, select Traction On from the Traction and Stability menu and both systems will be turned back on.
Adding accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications page 258.

Driver Mode Control

Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver to adjust the overall driving experience by selecting different modes. These modes will then adjust multiple systems to fit specific driving needs. Drive mode availability and affected vehicle subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim level, region, and optional features.

If the vehicle is in Tour Mode or AWD Mode it will stay in that mode through future ignition cycles. If the vehicle is in any other mode, it will return to the Tour Mode when the vehicle is restarted. When each mode is selected, a unique and persistent indicator will be displayed in the instrument cluster.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 21

MODE Switch

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 22

AWD Mode Switch
To activate each mode, press the MODE switch on the instrument panel.

Modes

Tour Mode
Use for normal city and highway driving to provide a smooth ride. This setting provides balance between comfort and handling.

There is no persistent indicator in the instrument cluster for this mode.

Sport Mode
Use where road conditions or personal preference demand a more controlled response. Sport Mode improves vehicle handling and acceleration on dry pavement.
When active, Sport Mode modifies AWD torque, steering, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Traction Control System (TCS), and suspension tuning, if equipped.

AWD Mode
AWD provides torque to all four wheels. Pressing the AWD Mode switch will select AWD Mode. The AWD light will flash briefly while the system is engaging and stay on to indicate AWD is active. AWD Mode can be turned on and off independently of other modes. Select AWD Mode to improve traction and control on slippery road surfaces, such as gravel, sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice. For more information on AWD, see All-Wheel Drive page 210.

Tow/Haul Mode
This mode will automatically activate AWD, if available. The transmission holds lower gears longer before shifting to provide more torque necessary when towing heavy loads.

This will also increase fuel consumption. Tow/Haul Mode also modifies, steering, ESC, TCS, and suspension tuning, if equipped. Use this mode to assist in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle.

This helps prevent the brakes from overheating. For more information, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311.

Cruise Control
With cruise control the vehicle can maintain a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph).

Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed. Do not use cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with the Traction Control System (TCS), the system may begin to limit wheel spin while you are using cruise control. If this happens, the cruise control will automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213. If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 233. When road conditions allow you to safely use it again, cruise control can be turned back on.

Cruise control will disengage if either TCS or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is turned off.
If the brakes are applied, cruise control disengages.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 23

Press to turn cruise control on or off. A white indicator comes on in the instrument cluster.

RES+ : If there is a set speed in memory, press the control up briefly to resume to that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is already engaged, use to increase vehicle speed.

SET− : Press the control down briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control.

If cruise control is already engaged, use to decrease vehicle speed.

Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory.

The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.

Setting Cruise Control
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or RES+ could get pressed and go into cruise when not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not being used.

  1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system
  2. Get to the speed
  3. Press and release SET− . The desired set speed briefly appears in the instrument
  4. Take your foot off the accelerator

The cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster turns green after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99.

Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied or * is pressed, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The vehicle returns to the previously set speed.

Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control

Do one of the following:

  • Press and hold RES+ up until the vehicle accelerates to the desired speed, then release it.
  • To increase vehicle speed in small increments, press RES+ up briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control

Do one of the following:

  • Press and hold SET− down until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it.
  • To slow down in small increments, press SET− down briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
  • Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise ControlUse the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previously set cruise speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to override cruise control, briefly pressing SET− will result in cruise set to the current vehicle speed.Using Cruise Control on HillsHow well the cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going downhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control will disengage.Ending Cruise Control

    There are four ways to end cruise control:

    • Step lightly on the brake
    • Press *.
    • Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
    • To turn off cruise control, press 5.

    Erasing Speed Memory
    The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is turned off.

    Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced)If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it allows for selecting the cruise control set speed and following gap. Read this entire section before using this system. ACC uses a camera and radar sensor(s) to detect other vehicles. See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

    The following gap is the following time (or distance) between your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly ahead in your path, moving in the same direction. If no vehicle is detected in your path, ACC works like regular cruise control.

    If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can speed up the vehicle or apply limited, moderate braking to maintain the selected following gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. If the Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system activates while ACC is engaged, ACC may automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC can be turned back on.

    Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage and prevent engagement.

    of ACC
    ACC can reduce the need for you to frequently brake and accelerate, especially when used on expressways, freeways, and interstate highways. When used on other roads, you may need to take over the control of braking or acceleration more often.

    ACC automatically slows the vehicle down while navigating the curve and may increase speed out of the curve, but will not exceed the set speed.

  • Warning
    ACC has limited braking ability and may not have time to slow the vehicle down enough to avoid a collision with another vehicle you are following. This can occur when vehicles suddenly slow or stop ahead, or enter your lane. Also see
    “Alerting the Driver” in this section.
  • Complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 188.

Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for children, pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:

  • On winding and hilly roads or when the sensors are blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. The system may not detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of the vehicle clean.
  • Visibility is low, such as in fog, rain, or snow conditions. ACC performance is limited under these conditions.
  • On slippery roads where fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip.
  • When towing a trailer.
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 24uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61Press to turn the system on or off. The indicator turns white on the instrument cluster when ACC is turned on.RES+ : Press briefly to resume to a previous set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To increase speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold RES+.SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To decrease speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold SET–.
  • Press to disengage ACC without erasing the selected set speed.Press to select a following gap time (or distance) setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near.The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise ControlTo switch between ACC and regular cruise control, press and hold *. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message displays.
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 25
  • ACC Indicator
  • uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61
  • Regular Cruise Control Indicator
  • When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster. When the regular cruise control is engaged, a green J indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster; the following gap will not display.It is recommended to switch from ACC to regular cruise control only, when there are no vehicles ahead of your vehicle.When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise control mode will be set to the last mode used before the vehicle was turned off.

Warning
Always check the cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster to determine which mode cruise control is in before using the feature. If ACC is not active, the vehicle will not automatically brake for other vehicles, which could cause a crash if the brakes are not applied manually. You and others could be seriously injured or killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
Ifuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61 is on when not in use, it could get pressed and go into ACC when not desired. Keep uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61 off when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is the vehicle speed when no vehicle is detected in its path.
While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set at a speed less than 25 km/h (15 mph), although it can be resumed when driving at lower speeds. The minimum allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph).

To set ACC while moving:

  1. Press uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61.
  2.  Get up to the desired speed.
  3. Press and release SET–.
  4. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

After ACC is set, it may immediately apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected closer than the selected following gap.

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 25

ACC can also be set while the vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is applied.

The ACC indicator displays on the instrument cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), if equipped. When ACC is turned on, the indicator will be lit white. When ACC is active, the indicator will turn green.

Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding traffic speeds, and weather conditions when selecting the set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed
If ACC is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up briefly.

    • If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), it returns to the previous set speed .
    • If the vehicle is stopped with the brake pedal applied, press RES+ and release the brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is

Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed under the following conditions:

  • There is no vehicle
  • The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected following gap.
  • The vehicle speed is not being limited because of a sharp turn.

Increasing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:

  • Use the accelerator to get to the higher Briefly press and release SET– and release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed.

When the accelerator pedal is pressed, ACC will not brake because it is overridden. While overridden, the ACC indicator will turn blue on the instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped.

  • Press and hold up RES+ until the desired set speed is displayed, then release it.
    • To increase vehicle speed in small increments, press RES+ For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
    • To increase vehicle speed in larger increments, hold RES+. While holding RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
  • The set speed can also be increased while the vehicle is stopped.
    • If stopped with the brake applied, press RES+ until the desired set speed is
    • If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and there is another vehicle directly ahead, pressing RES+ will increase the set speed.
    • Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is pulling away and the brake is not applied will cause the ACC to resume.

    When it is determined that there is no vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond the selected following gap, then the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:

  • Use the brake to get to the desired lower Release the brake and press SET–. The vehicle will now cruise at the lower speed.
  • Press and hold SET– until the desired lower speed is reached, then release
  • To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller increments, press SET− For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
  • To decrease the vehicle speed in larger increments, hold SET−. While holding SET−, the vehicle speed decreases to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.

The set speed can also be decreased while the vehicle is stopped.

  • If stopped with the brake applied, press or hold SET− until the desired set speed is displayed.
  • Selecting the Follow Distance GapWhen a slower moving vehicle is detected ahead within the selected following gap, ACC will adjust the vehicle’s speed and attempt to maintain the follow distance gap selected.Press on the steering wheel to adjust the following gap. Each press cycles the gap button through three settings: Far, Medium, or Near.When pressed, the current gap setting displays briefly on the instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped. The gap setting will be maintained until it is changed.Since each gap setting corresponds to a following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the following distance will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the further back your vehicle will follow a vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the following gap. The range of selectable gaps may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.

    Changing the gap setting automatically changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 233.

    Alerting the Driver

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 26
  • If ACC is engaged, driver action may be required when ACC cannot apply sufficient braking because of approaching a vehicle too rapidly.When this condition occurs, the collision alert symbol will flash on the windshield. Either eight beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. Touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection Systems”. See Defensive Driving page 188.Approaching and Following a Vehicle
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60
  • The vehicle ahead indicator is on the instrument cluster and HUD display (if equipped). It only displays when a vehicle is detected in your vehicle’s path moving in the same direction. If this symbol is not displaying, ACC will not respond to or brake for vehicles ahead.ACC automatically slows the vehicle down and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a detected vehicle ahead at the selected following gap. The vehicle speed increases or decreases to follow a detected vehicle in front of your vehicle when that vehicle is traveling slower than your vehicle set speed. It may apply limited braking, if necessary. When braking is active, the brake lamps will come on. The automatic braking may feel or sound different than if the brakes were applied manually. This is normal.
  • Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC
    If the set speed is high enough, and the left turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead in the selected following gap, ACC may assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle prior to the lane change

Warning
When using ACC to pass a vehicle or perform a lane change, the following distance to the vehicle being passed may be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient acceleration or braking when passing a vehicle or performing a lane change. Always be ready to manually accelerate or brake to complete the pass or lane change.

Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects

  • Warning
    ACC may not detect and react to stopped or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For example, the system may not brake for a vehicle it has never detected moving. This can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may not stop and could cause a crash. Use caution when using ACC. Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes.

Irregular Objects Affecting ACC
ACC may have difficulty detecting the following objects:

  • Vehicles with cargo extending from the back end.
  • Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car fitted, or horse carriages.
  • Objects that are close to the front of your vehicle .

ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage and you will need to manually apply the brakes to slow the vehicle if:

  • The sensors are blocked .
  • The Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or been disabled.
  • There is a fault in the system .
  • The radar falsely reports blockage when driving in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles or roadside objects.
  • A DIC message may display to indicate that ACC is temporarily unavailable.

The ACC active symbol will turn white when ACC is no longer active.

In some cases, when ACC is temporarily unavailable, regular cruise control may be used. See “Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control” in this section.

Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise control system.

Notification to Resume ACC
ACC will maintain a following gap behind a detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a stop behind that vehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to check traffic ahead before proceeding. In addition, the left and right sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times,

or three beeps will sound. Touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of

available options and select ”Alert Type” and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in “Collision/ Detection Systems”.

When the vehicle ahead drives away, ACC resumes automatically if the stop was brief. If necessary, press RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes or if the driver door is opened and the driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC automatically applies the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB status light will turn on.

See Electric Parking Brake page 211. To release the EPB, press the accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message may display indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting the vehicle.

Warning
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. The vehicle can move. When ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop, always be prepared to manually apply the brakes.

Leaving the vehicle without placing it in P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave the vehicle while it is being held at a stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in P (Park) and turn off the ignition before leaving the vehicle.

ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the instrument cluster and in the HUD, if equipped, to indicate that automatic braking will not occur. ACC will resume operation when the accelerator pedal is not being pressed.

Warning
The ACC will not automatically apply the brakes if your foot is resting on the accelerator pedal. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you.

Curves in the Road

Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle ahead in your lane. You could be startled if the vehicle accelerates up to the set speed, especially when following a vehicle exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the brakes if necessary.

Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle in another lane, or may not have time to react to a vehicle in your lane. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose control of your vehicle. Give extra attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in a sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp.

ACC automatically slows the vehicle down while navigating the curve and may increase speed out of the curve, but will not exceed the set speed.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 27

When following a vehicle and entering a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and accelerate to the set speed. When this happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not appear.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 28

ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your lane and apply the brake .

ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ or braking that is considered unnecessary.
It could respond to vehicles in different lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary objects when entering or exiting a curve.
This is normal operation. The vehicle does not need service.

Other Vehicle Lane change .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 29

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it is completely in the lane. The brake may need to be manually applied.

Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle

The detection of objects in front of the vehicle may not be possible if:

  • The vehicle or object ahead is not within your lane.
  • The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, or is shifted to one side of the lane.

 

Driving in Narrow Lanes
Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside objects may be incorrectly detected when located along the roadway.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a Trailer

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 30

Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep hills. The driver will often need to take over acceleration and braking on steep hills, especially when towing a trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC
There are three ways to disengage ACC:

  • Step lightly on the brake
  • Press *.
  • Pressuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off.

Weather Conditions Affecting ACC
System operation may be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.

Accessory Installations and Vehicle Modifications
Do not install or place any object around the front camera windshield area that would obstruct the front camera view.

Do not install objects on top of the vehicle that overhang and obstruct the front camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other items that can be transported on a roof rack system. See Roof Rack System page 87.

Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability to detect an object.

Cleaning the Sensing System
The radar sensor on the front of the vehicle can become blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate properly.

If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control may be available. See “Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously in this section. Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise control system.

For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care page 314.

Driver Assistance Systems

This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using these systems.

Warning
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance Systems. These systems do not replace the need for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by these systems. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving page 188.

Under many conditions, these systems will not:

  • Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals.
    Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system.
    Work at all driving speeds.
  • Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash.
  • Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions.
  • Work if the detection sensor is not cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
  • Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with a sticker, magnet, or metal plate.
  • Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not properly repaired.
  • Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Some driver assistance features alert the driver of obstacles by beeping. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Comfort and Convenience”.

If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating pulse alert instead of beeping. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/ Detection Systems”.

Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver Information Center (DIC) messages may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 31 Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 32

  • Front and rear bumpers and the area
  • below the bumpers
  • Front grille and headlamps
  • Front camera lens in the front grille or near the front emblem .
  • Front side and rear side panels
  • Outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror
  • Side camera lens on the bottom of the outside mirrors
  • Rear side corner bumpers
  • Rear Vision Camera above the license plate

Radio Frequency
This vehicle may be equipped with driver assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Surround Vision, Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) displays an image of the area behind the vehicle in the infotainment display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the previous screen sooner, press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive ).

  1. Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 33
  2. View Displayed by the CameraBuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 34View Displayed by the Camera
  3. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display.

A warning triangle may appear on the infotainment display to show that Rear Park Assist (RPA) or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) has detected an object. This triangle changes from amber to red and increases in size the closer the object.

Warning
The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Surround Vision System

If equipped, Surround Vision shows an image of the area surrounding the vehicle, along with the front or rear camera views on the infotainment display. The front camera is in the grille or near the front emblem, the side cameras are on the bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate.

The Surround Vision system can be accessed by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment display or when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen sooner, when not in R (Reverse) press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift  into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive).

Warning
The Surround Vision cameras have blind spots and will not display all objects near the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside mirrors that are out of position may not display surround view correctly. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 35

  1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras
  2. Area Not Shown

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 36

  1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras
  2. Area Not Shown

Warning
The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Camera Views

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 37

Touch the camera view buttons along the bottom of the infotainment display. Available views will differ depending on vehicle options.

Front/Rear Standard View : Displays an image of the area in front or behind the vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between front and rear camera views.

If equipped, the front view camera also displays when the Park Assist system detects an object within 30 cm (12 in).

Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays a Front or Rear Overhead View of the vehicle.

Touching the button will toggle between the two views.

Side Forward/Rearward View : Displays a view that shows objects next to the front or rear sides of the vehicle. Touch Side Forward/Rearward View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active.

Touching the button multiple times will toggle between forward and rearward views. Park Assist and RCTA overlays are not available when Side Forward/Rearward View is active.

Hitch View : Assists while connecting to a trailer. Displays a zoomed-in view of the hitch to help align the vehicle’s hitch ball with the trailer coupler. Shifting into P (Park) while in this view will automatically engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB).

Guidance Lines : Displays available guidelines. The horizontal markings represent distance from the vehicle.

Top Down View : Displays an image of the area surrounding the vehicle, along with other views in the infotainment display. Top Down can be enabled or disabled by touching the Top Down View button multiple times.

Hitch Guidance
If equipped, this feature displays a single, centered guideline on the camera display to assist with aligning a vehicle’s hitch ball with a trailer coupler. Select the trailer guidance line button, then align the trailer guidance line over the trailer coupler.

Continuously steer the vehicle to keep the guidance line centered on the coupler when backing. RVC Park Assist overlays will not display when the trailer guidance line is active. Hitch Guidance is only available in Standard View.

To check the trailer when in a forward gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display to view the rear camera. Touch X to exit the view or it will be removed automatically after eight second .

Warning
Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to briefly check the status of your trailer. Do not use for any other purpose, such as making lane change decisions. Before making a lane change, always check the mirrors and glance over your shoulder. Improper use could result in serious injury to you or others.

Park Assist
|The vehicle may be equipped with Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA). Under certain conditions, the Park Assist system can assist the driver during backing and parking maneuvers when the vehicle is driven at no more than 9 km/h (6 mph). An illuminated indicator in the Park Assist button indicates the system is ready.

Sensors located in the bumpers measure the distance between the vehicle and objects using sonar technology. These sensors are designed to detect certain objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of your vehicle that are taller than 25 cm (10 in).

Different environmental conditions may affect whether and how far the Park Assist system can detect objects. Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in freezing temperatures. Sensors that are not clean may not detect objects or may cause the system to alert when not required .

Warning
The Park Assist System is no substitute for careful and attentive driving. The Park Assist system does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects located below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 9 km/h (6 mph). To prevent injury, death,
or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before moving forward or backing.

How the System Works
The vehicle may have a Park
Assist amphitheatre-like display on the cluster with bars that represent the estimated location of a detected object and the vehicle’s distance from the object. As a detected object becomes closer, more bars light up and change color from yellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected in the rear, one beep will be heard from the rear, or the driver’s seat will pulse two times,
if equipped with Safety Alert Seat. When an object is very close, five beeps will sound from the front or rear (depending on the object’s location), or the driver’s seat will pulse five times. Beeps for front are higher pitched than the rear.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 38

Turning the System On and Off
The Park Assist System can be turned on or off using the infotainment system. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection Systems”.

The X button is used to turn on or off the Park Assist, which also turns on or off the Backing Warning and Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) at the same time. When the system is turned off, a system off message is shown on the display. This message disappears after a short period of time.
Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer to prevent unwanted beeps and when a bike rack is attached to ensure proper operation.
When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
If a service message displays, check the following conditions:

  • The sensors may not be clean. Keep the vehicle’s front and rear bumpers free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. For cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care page 314.
  • The Park Assist sensors may be covered by frost or ice. Frost or ice can form around and behind the sensors and may not always be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold weather. The message may not clear until the frost or ice has melted.

If a service message displays and the above conditions do not exist, take the vehicle to your dealer for repairs.

If the Park Assist System does not activate due to a temporary condition, a system off message is shown on the display. This can occur under the following conditions:

  • The driver has disabled the
  • An object is currently blocking the rear sensors (for example, bike rack, tailgate, trailer hitch, etc.). Once the object is removed, Park Assist will return to normal
  • The bumper is damaged. Take the vehicle to your dealer for repairs.
  • Other conditions, such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck, are affecting system performance.

Rear Pedestrian Alert

If equipped, and under certain conditions, this feature can provide alerts for a pedestrian within the system’s range directly behind the vehicle. This feature only works in R (Reverse) below 12 km/h (8 mph), and detects pedestrians up to 8 m (26 ft) away during daytime driving. During nighttime driving, feature performance is very limited .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 39

Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator

When a pedestrian is detected within the system’s range directly behind the vehicle, this symbol flashes amber on the infotainment display, along with five beeps from the rear, or if equipped, two pulses from both sides of the driver seat. When a pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle, the symbol flashes red on the infotainment display, along with ten beeps from the rear, or if equipped, seven pulses from both sides of the driver seat .

Warning
Rear Pedestrian Alert does not automatically brake the vehicle. It also does not provide an alert unless it detects a pedestrian, and it may not detect all pedestrians if:

  • The pedestrian is not directly behind the vehicle, fully visible to the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), or standing
  • The pedestrian is part of a group.
  • The pedestrian is a child.
  • Visibility is poor, including nighttime conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
  • The RVC is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
  • The RVC, taillamps, or back-up lamps are not cleaned or in proper working condition .
  • The vehicle is not in R (Reverse).

To help avoid death or injury, always check for pedestrians around the vehicle before backing up. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 188. Keep the RVC, taillamps, and back-up lamps clean and in good repair.

Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off or Alert. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > Rear Pedestrian Detection.

If equipped, alerts can be set to beeps or seat pulses. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > Alert Type.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) System
If equipped, Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) displays a red warning triangle with a left or right pointing arrow on the infotainment display to warn of traffic coming from the left or right. This system detects objects

coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of the vehicle. When an object is detected, either three beeps sound from the left or right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur on the left or right side, depending on the direction of the detected vehicle.

Driving With a Trailer
Use caution while backing up when towing a trailer. The RCTA feature is automatically disabled when a trailer is attached to the vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off
The X button on the center console is used to turn on or off Rear Park Assist (RPA) and RCTA at the same time. The indicator light in the button comes on when the features are on and turns off when the features have been disabled.

RCTA can be turned on or off using the infotainment system. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection Systems”.

Assistance Systems for Driving
If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to avoid a crash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may help to avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA also lights an amber visual alert if following another vehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within a distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can detect vehicles to distances of approximately 110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds.

See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) page 218.

Warning
FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or when following a vehicle too closely, FCA may not provide a warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. It also may not provide any warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, construction barrels, or other objects. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 188.

FCA can be disabled through vehicle settings. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/ Detection Systems

Detection Systems

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60
  • FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA system detects a vehicle ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane.

Warning

  • FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual40

With Head-Up Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 26

Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed.

Tailgating Alert

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60
  • The vehicle ahead indicator will display amber when you are following a vehicle ahead too closely.
  • Selecting the Alert Timing

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual41

The Collision Alert control is on the steering wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press shows the current setting on the DIC. Additional button presses will change this setting. The chosen setting will remain until it is changed and will affect the timing of both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The timing of both alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert timing. The range of selectable alert timings may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the following gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indicator
The following distance to a moving vehicle ahead in your path is indicated in following time in seconds on the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115. The minimum following time is seconds away. If there is no vehicle detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out of sensor range, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, this may correct the issue:

  • Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror.
  • Clean the entire front of the vehicle .
  • Clean the headlamps.

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
If equipped, the AEB system may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. AEB also includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the system detects a vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling in the same direction that you may be about to crash into, it can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when driving in a forward gear. Depending on the situation,

the vehicle may automatically brake moderately or hard. This automatic emergency braking can only occur if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 233.

The system works when driving in a forward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to approximately  60 m (197 ft).

Warning
AEB is an emergency crash preparation feature and is not designed to avoid crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its operating speed range and only responds to detected vehicles.
AEB may not:

  • Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or hilly roads.
    Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles with a trailer, tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.
  • Detect a vehicle when weather limits visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.
    Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this happens, AEB may engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the accelerator pedal .

Warning
AEB may automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could respond to a turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs, and other non-moving objects. To override AEB, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake pedal is applied quickly by providing a boost to braking based on the speed of approach and distance to a vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal movement during this time is normal and the brake pedal should continue to be applied as needed. IBA will automatically disengage only when the brake pedal is released.

Warning
IBA may increase vehicle braking in situations when it may not be necessary. You could block the flow of traffic. If this occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal and then apply the brakes as needed.

AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle settings. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection system.

Warning
Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer.

A system unavailable message may display if:

  • The front of the vehicle or windshield is not clean.
  • Heavy rain or snow is interfering with object detection.
  • There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.

The AEB system does not need service.

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System

If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes with nearby pedestrians when driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an amber indicator, ~, when a nearby pedestrian is detected ahead. When approaching a detected pedestrian too quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system may also respond to pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) page 235.
The FPB system can detect and alert to pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
(50 mph). During daytime driving, the system detects pedestrians up to a distance of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During nighttime driving, system performance is very limited.

Warning
FPB does not provide an alert or automatically brake the vehicle, unless it detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect pedestrians, including children:

  • When the pedestrian is not directly ahead, fully visible, or standing upright, or when part of a group.
  • Due to poor visibility, including nighttime conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
  • If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
    If the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition.
    Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. For more information, see Defensive Driving page 188. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor clean and in good repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake through vehicle settings. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/ Detection Systems.

Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 62

FPB alerts and automatic braking will not occur unless the FPB system detects a pedestrian. When a pedestrian that may

enter the vehicle’s forward path is detected, the pedestrian ahead indicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 62

With Head-Up Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 26

Without Head-Up Display

When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration.

Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.

Automatic Braking
If FPB detects it is about to crash into a pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes have not been applied, FPB may automatically brake moderately or brake hard. This can help to avoid some very low speed pedestrian crashes or reduce pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically brake to detected pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).

Automatic braking levels may be reduced under certain conditions, such as higher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Braking may engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. A firm press of the accelerator pedal will also release Automatic Braking and the EPB.

Warning
FPB may alert or automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could falsely alert or brake for objects similar in shape or size to pedestrians, including shadows. This is normal operation and the vehicle does not need service. To override Automatic Braking, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabled through vehicle settings. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Setting Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > Front Pedestrian Detection.

Warning
Using the Front Pedestrian Braking system while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System
If FPB does not seem to operate properly, cleaning the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and a vehicle is also detected on the same side, the display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. Since this system is part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, read the entire LCA section before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the corresponding outside mirror and will flash if the turn signal is on .

Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles outside of the system detection zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may not provide alerts when changing lanes under all driving conditions. Failure to use proper care when changing lanes may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Before making a lane change, always check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.

LCA Detection Zones

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual42

  1. SBZA Detection Zone
  2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning area starts at approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also warned of vehicles rapidly approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind the vehicle.

How the System Works
The LCA symbol lights up in the outside mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it may be unsafe to change lanes. Before making a lane change, check the LCA display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual43

Left Outside Mirror Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual62

Right Outside Mirror Display

When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to indicate the system is operating. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right outside mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in the next lane over in that blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone. If the turn signal is activated in the same direction as a detected vehicle, this display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled. When you disable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alert is also disabled. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
The LCA system requires some driving for the system to calibrate to maximum performance. This calibration may occur more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a straight highway road with traffic and roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on when passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out to either side of the vehicle. Attached objects may also interfere with the detection of vehicles. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver to vehicles in the next lane over, especially in wet conditions or when driving on sharp curves. The system does not need to be serviced. The system may light up due to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors in the left or right corners of the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care page 314. If the DIC still displays the system unavailable message after cleaning both sides of the vehicle toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see your dealer.
If the LCA displays do not light up when moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or are rapidly approaching this zone and the system is clean, the system may need service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. This system uses a camera to detect lane markings. The LKA can be ready to assist at speeds between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph). On some vehicles, the system will instead operate above 50 km/h (31 mph). LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking. This system is not intended to keep the vehicle centered in the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if it detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering. LKA can be overridden by turning the steering wheel. If the system detects you are steering intentionally across a lane marker, the LDW may not be given. Do not expect the LDW to occur when you are intentionally crossing a lane marker.

Warning
The LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. It may not keep the vehicle in the lane or give a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a lane marking is detected.
The LKA and LDW systems may not:

  • Provide an alert or enough steering assist to avoid a lane departure or crash.
  • Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This can occur if the windshield or headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, or ice; if they are not in proper condition; or if the sun shines directly into the camera.
  • Detect road edges.
    Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
  • If LKA only detects lane markings on one side of the road, it will only assist or provide an LDW alert when approaching the lane on the side where it has detected a lane marking. Even with LKA and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. Always keep your attention on the road and maintain proper vehicle position within the lane, or vehicle damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LKA in bad weather conditions or on roads with unclear lane markings, such as construction zones.

Warning
Using LKA on slippery roads could cause loss of control of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the system off.

LKA will not alert the driver if a towed trailer crosses into an adjacent lane of travel. Serious injury or property damage may occur if the trailer moves into another lane. Always monitor the trailer position while towing to make sure it is within the same lane as the tow vehicle.

  • How the System WorksLKA uses a camera sensor installed on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to detect lane markings. It may provide brief steering assist if it detects an unintended lane departure. It may further provide an audible alert or the driver seat may pulse indicating that a lane marking has been crossed. The system does not provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) when intentionally steering across a lane marker.To turn LKA on and off, pressBuick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60on the center stack. If equipped, the indicator light on the button comes on when LKA is on and turns off when LKA is disabled. In some vehicles a long press of over three seconds is required to turn LKA off.
  • When on, Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60 is white, if equipped, indicating that the system is not ready to assist. A is green if LKA is ready to assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60 is amber when assisting. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60amber if the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking. Additionally, there may be three beeps, or the driver seat may pulse three times, on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction.Take SteeringThe LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active driver steering, an alert and chime may be provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA may become temporarily unavailable after repeated take steering alerts.
    When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly

    The system performance may be affected by:

    • Close vehicles
    • Sudden lighting changes, such as when driving through tunnels.
    • Banked
    • Roads with poor lane markings, such as two-lane roads.

    If the LKA system is not functioning properly when lane markings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help.

    A camera blocked message may display if the camera is blocked. Some driver assistance systems may have reduced performance or not work at all. An LKA or LDW unavailable message may display if the systems are temporarily unavailable. This message could be due to a blocked camera. The LKA system does not need service. Clean the outside of the windshield behind the rearview mirror.

    LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the road, temporary or construction lane markings, or other road imperfections. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier Fuel

GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers and applicable countries.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 44

Recommended Fuel

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual45

Regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating (R+M)/2 of 87 or greater is recommended. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rating of less than 87, as this will result in reduced performance and driveability. If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at 87 or greater, the engine needs service.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume.

Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its warranty:

  • For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
  • Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These fuels can corrode metal fuel system parts or damage plastic and rubber
  • Fuel containing metals such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage the emissions control system and spark plugs.
  • Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel economy and performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst.

Fuels in Foreign Countries

The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreign country, see Prohibited Fuels page 243.

Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly recommended for use with your vehicle. If your country does not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free and performing optimally.

Filling the Tank
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge page 101

Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death.
Follow these guidelines to help avoid injuries to you and others:

  • Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island.
  • Turn off the engine when refueling.
    Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
    Do not leave the fuel pump unattended.
    Avoid using electronic devices while refueling.
    Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel.
    Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel.
  • Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static electricity from your body.
  • Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is inserted too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Insert the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop before beginning to flow fuel.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual46

To open the fuel door, push and release the rearward center edge of the door.
The capless refueling system does not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.

Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause:

  1. Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system.
  2. Fuel spills.
  3. Under certain conditions, fuel fires.
  4. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care page 314. Push the fuel door closed until it latches.

Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable fuel container .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual47

  1. Locate the capless funnel adapter from the rear cargo area under the load floor tray.
  2. Insert and latch the funnel into the capless fuel system.
    Warning
    Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel container without using the funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage and damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged.
  3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter and return it to the storage location

Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. To help avoid injury to you and others:

  • Dispense fuel only into approved containers.
  • Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, in a pickup bed, or on any surface other than the ground.
  • Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle. Maintain contact until filling is complete.
  • Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
    Avoid using electronic devices while pumping fuel.

Trailer Towing

General Towing Information
Only use towing equipment that has been designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer or trailering dealer for assistance with preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the entire section before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311. To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing page 312.

Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips

Warning
You can lose control when towing a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly. For example, if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load, the vehicle may not stop as expected. You and others could be seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer
Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be used properly.

The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

  • Become familiar with and follow all state and local laws that apply to trailer These requirements vary from state to state.
  • State laws may require the use of extended side view mirrors. If your visibility is limited or restricted while towing, install extended side view mirrors, even if not required.
  • Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent damage to the engine, axle, or other parts.
  • GM recommends performing an oil change to the vehicle before heavy.
  • Do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not make starts at full throttle during the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer
  • Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). If the transmission downshifts too often, a lower gear may be selected using Manual Mode. See Manual Mode page 210.

If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned off when towing a trailer:

  • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
  • Super Cruise Control
  • Park Assist
  • Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
  • Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned to alert or off when towing a trailer:

  • Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
  • Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
  • Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), the LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a trailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), use caution while backing up when towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed.

Warning
To prevent serious injury or death from carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a trailer:

Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most window open.
Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air. See “Climate Control Systems” in the Index.

For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust page 206.

Towing a trailer requires experience. The combination of the vehicle and trailer is longer and not as responsive as the vehicle itself. Get used to the handling and braking of the combination by driving on a level road surface before driving on public roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, and the brakes must be all be rated to carry the intended cargo. Inadequate trailer equipment can cause the combination to operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See Towing Equipment page 252. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the combination moving and then manually apply the trailer brake controller to check the trailer brakes work. During the trip, occasionally check that the cargo and trailer are secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are working.

Towing with a Stability Control System
When towing, the stability control system might be heard. The system reacts to vehicle movement caused by the trailer, which mainly occurs during cornering. This is normal when towing heavier trailers.

Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing
More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer. The combination of the vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as quickly and is much longer than the vehicle alone. It is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid passing on hills if possible.

Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. To move the trailer to the left, move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move that hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.

Making Turns
Caution
Turn more slowly and make wider arcs when towing a trailer to prevent damage to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns could cause the trailer to contact the vehicle.

Make wider turns than normal when towing, so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, or other objects. Always signal turns well in advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downhill grade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the brakes may overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

When towing at higher altitudes, engine coolant will boil at a lower temperature than at lower altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle could show signs similar to engine overheating. To avoid this, let the engine run, preferably on level ground, with the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes before turning the engine off. If the overheat warning comes on, see Engine Overheating page 268.

Warning
To prevent serious injury or death, always park your vehicle and trailer on a level surface when possible.

When parking your vehicle and your trailer on a hill:

  1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill.
  2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
  3. When the wheel chocks are in place, gradually release the brake pedal to allow the chocks to absorb the load of the trailer.
  4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the parking brake and shift into P (Park).
  5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

  1. Apply and hold the brake pedal:
    • Start the engine.
    • Shift into the desired gear.
    • Release the parking brake.
  2. Let up on the brake pedal.
  3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
  4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.

Maintenance When Trailer Towing
The vehicle needs service more often when used to tow trailers. See Maintenance Schedule page 324. It is especially important to check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake system before and during each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing
The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions. See Engine Overheating page 268.

Trailer Towing
Caution
Towing a trailer improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer correctly, follow the directions in this section and see your dealer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailer Weight
Warning
Never exceed the towing capacity for your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature, dimensions of the front of the trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is used to tow a trailer.

Trailer Weight Ratings
When towing a trailer, the combined weight of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and trailer contents must be below all of the maximum weight ratings for the vehicle including:

  • Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
  • Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
  • Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
  • Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear (GAWR-RR)
  • Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating

See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment” under Towing Equipment page 252 to determine if equalizer bars are required to obtain the maximum trailer weight rating.

See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Equipment page 252 to determine if brakes are required based on the trailer weight.

The only way to be sure the weight is not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded for the trip, getting individual weights for each of these items.

Warning
You and others could be seriously injured or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. The vehicle may be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer.

Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)

GCWR is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any fuel, passengers, cargo, equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart following.

To check that the weight of the vehicle and trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, follow these steps:

  1. Start with the “curb weight” from the Trailering Information Label.
  2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with cargo and ready for the trip.
  3. Add the weight of all
  4. Add the weight of all cargo in the
  5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, or sway bars.
  6. Add the weight of any accessories or aftermarket equipment added.

The resulting weight cannot exceed the GCWR value shown on the Trailering Information Label.

The gross combined weight can also be confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer on a public scale. The truck and trailer should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual48

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
For information about the vehicle’s maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load Limits page 196. When calculating the GVWR with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the weight the vehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
The maximum trailer weight rating is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a driver, a front seat passenger, and all required trailering equipment. This value represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce the trailer weight to stay within the GCW, GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.

Use the tow rating chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model, powertrain and trailering option .

VehicleMaximum Trailer Weight*GCWR
Front-Wheel Drive680 kg (1,500 lb)3 050 kg (6,725 lb)
Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package2 268 kg (5,000 lb)4 650 kg (10,250 lb)
All-Wheel Drive680 kg (1,500 lb)3 200 kg (7,055 lb)
All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package2 268 kg (5,000 lb)4 750 kg (10,470 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating   is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support using a conventional
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the overall trailer weight to stay within the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while
still maintaining the correct trailer load balance.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual49

Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue weight of 226 kg (500 lb) for a conventional trailer hitch.

The trailer tongue weight contributes to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the CURB WEIGHT of your vehicle, any passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum allowable tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance
The correct trailer load balance must be maintained to ensure trailer stability. Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of trailer sway.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual50

The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– 15% of the loaded trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types, such as boat trailers, fall outside of this range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the recommended trailer tongue weight for each trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for your vehicle, hitch and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separately weigh the trailer and then the trailer tongue and calculate the trailer load balance percentage to see if the weights and distribution are appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer weight is too high, it may be possible to transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle .

If the trailer tongue weight is too high or too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the cargo inside of the trailer.

Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the shortest hitch extension available to position the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch receiver, choose a carrier that positions the load as close to the vehicle as possible.

Make sure the total weight, including the carrier, is no more than half of the maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Ask your dealer for trailering information or assistance.

Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR-RR)
The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded for the trip including the weight of the trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before applying the weight distribution spring bars.

For additional assistance with trailering or additional information, see your dealer.

Towing Equipment
Hitches
Always use the correct hitch equipment for your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads can affect the trailer and the hitch.

Never attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches. Only use frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to the bumper.

Hitch Cover

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual51

To remove hitch cover, if equipped:

  1. Remove the two fasteners on the lower tabs.
  2. Pull the lower edge of the cover to about a 45 degree angle.
  3. Pull the cover downward to disengage the upper attachments.

To reinstall hitch cover:

  1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle to the vehicle and push the upper tabs into the slots in the bumper.
  2. Push the bottom of the cover forward until the lower tabs line up with the lower slots.
  3. Snap the hitch cover into place by pushing the upper corners
  4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower tabs.

Consider using mechanical sway controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional about sway controls or refer to the trailer manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.

Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment

A weight-distributing hitch may be useful with some trailers.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual52

  1. Front of Vehicle
  2. Body to Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributing hitch, measure the front fender height above the front axle distance (2) before and after connecting the trailer. Adjust the spring bars until the front fender height distance (2) is approximately half way between the first and second measurements.

Tires
Do not tow a trailer while using a compact spare tire on the vehicle .

  • Tires must be properly inflated to support loads while towing a trailer. See Tires page 285 for instructions on proper tire inflation.

Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer, and attach the chains to the holes on the trailer hitch platform.

Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch. Always leave just enough slack so the combination can turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes
Loaded trailers over 450 kg (1,000 lb) must be equipped with brake systems and with brakes for each axle. Trailer braking equipment conforming to Canadian Standards Association (CSA) requirement CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is recommended.

State or local regulations may require trailers to have their own braking system if the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds certain minimums that can vary from state to state.

Read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they are installed, adjusted, and maintained properly.

Warning
Never attempt to tamper with the hydraulic brake system for your trailer brakes. Do not connect a trailer’s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system. If you do, both the vehicle antilock brakes and the trailer brakes may not function, which could result in a crash.

Trailer Wiring
The trailer wiring harness (if equipped), with a seven-pin connector is located at the rear of the vehicle, and it is tied to the vehicle’s frame.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual53

 

If the vehicle is not equipped with a seven-pin trailer connector, the body harness has provisions to connect a trailer harness and a seven-pin trailer connector which is available through your dealer.

Use only a round, seven-wire connector with flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 specifications for proper electrical connectivity.

1Stop/Turn Signal LeftYellow/Blue
2Tail/Parking LampsGray/Brown
3Reverse LampsWhite/Green

The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits

4Battery FeedRed/Green
5Stop/Turn Signal RightGreen/Brown
6Electric Trailer Brake*Blue
7GroundBlack

Circuit powered by electric trailer brake control wiring provisions.

Electric Trailer Brake Control Wiring Provisions

Wiring provisions for an aftermarket electric trailer brake controller are included with the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring package. The harness contains the following circuits.

Electric Trailer BrakesBlue
Battery FeedRed/Green or Red/Blue
Brake Apply SignalWhite/Blue
GroundBlack

Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake controller owner’s manual to determine wire color coding of the electric trailer brake .

controller. The wire colors on the brake controller may be different from the vehicle. The electric trailer brake controller should be installed by your dealer or a qualified service center.

If equipped, there are four blunt cut wires inside the front driver side instrument panel. It will be necessary to have a technician connect the 12-volt power to the engine compartment fuse block.

Trailer Lamps
Always check all trailer lamps are working at the beginning of each trip, and periodically on longer trips.

Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When properly connected, the trailer turn signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle is turning, changing lanes, or stopping.

When towing a trailer, the arrows on the instrument cluster will illuminate even if the trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs are burned out.

Tow/Haul Mode
For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul mode, see Driver Mode Control page 215.

Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load.

Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most effective when the vehicle and trailer combined weight is at least 75% of the vehicle’s Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). See “Weight of the Trailer” under Trailer Towing page 249.

Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load:

  • Through rolling terrain
  • In stop-and-go traffic
  • In busy parking lots

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode when lightly loaded or not towing will not cause damage; however, it is not recommended and may result in unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics and reduced fuel economy.

Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, to help reduce excessive trailer sway.

If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply the trailer  brake .

uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual59

If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213.

Warning
Trailer sway can result in a crash and in serious injury or death, even if the vehicle is equipped with TSC.
If the trailer begins to sway, reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. Then pull over to check the trailer and vehicle to help correct possible causes, including an improperly or overloaded trailer, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch configuration, or improperly inflated or incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing Equipment page 252 for trailer ratings and hitch setup recommendations.

Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff sidewalls to help prevent sway and to support heavy loads. These features can make it difficult to determine if the trailer tire pressures are low only based on a visual inspection.

Always check all trailer tire pressures before each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer tire sidewall will show the week and year the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire manufacturers recommend replacing tires more than six years old.
Overloading is another leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer with more weight than the tires are designed to support. The load rating is located on the trailer tire sidewall.
Always know the maximum speed rating for the trailer tires before driving. This may be significantly lower than the vehicle tire speed rating. The speed rating may be on the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is not shown, the default trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h (65 mph).

Conversions and Add-Ons

Add-On Electrical Equipment

Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) page 106

A device connected to the DLC — such as an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tracking device — may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems.

Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle’s 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle page 63 

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
ACURA MDX

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide

ACURA Logo

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide

Before Driving

Driving Preparation

Check the following items before you start driving.

Exterior Checks

  • Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
  • Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
  • Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
  • When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel or wheel components.
  • Make sure the hood is securely closed.
    If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
  • Make sure the tires are in good condition.
  • Check air pressure, and check for damage and excessive wear.
  • Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 636
  • Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
  • There are blind spots from the inside.

NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also, check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.

Interior Checks

  • Store or secure all items on board properly.
    Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
    Maximum Load Limit P. 427
  • Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 206
  • Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly.
    Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
    Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 190
    Mirrors P. 191

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

  • Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats.
  • They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
  • Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
  • Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
  • Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after.
  • Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
  •  Indicators P. 86

Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 01

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit

  1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard.
  2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
  3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
    Maximum Load Limit
    WARNING
    Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed. Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.
    Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
    The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue load.
    Specifications P. 730Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
    The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
  4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 – 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
  5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
  6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 02

Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
Towing a Trailer P. 430

Towing a Trailer

Towing Preparation

Towing Load Limits
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 82

Total trailer weight
Do not exceed the maximum allowable weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in or on it shown in the table. Towing loads in excess of this can seriously affect vehicle handling and performance and can damage the engine and drivetrain.

WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Check the loading of your vehicle and trailer carefully before starting to drive.

Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale. If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution. Refer to the trailer owner’s manual for additional information.

Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle’s first 600 miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information

Models without turbo charger
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions:

  • Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back
  • Each occupant weighs 150 lbs (68 kg)
  • Each occupant has 17.6 lbs (8 kg) of cargo in the cargo area
    Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and maximum tongue load.
25,000 lbs (2,268 kg)3,500 lbs (1,588 kg)3,500 lbs (1,588 kg)5,000 lbs (2,268 kg)3,500 lbs (1,588 kg)
34,750 lbs (2,155 kg)3,250 lbs (1,474 kg)3,250 lbs (1,474 kg)4,750 lbs (2,155 kg)3,500 lbs (1,588 kg)
44,500 lbs (2,041 kg)3,000 lbs (1,361 kg)3,000 lbs (1,361 kg)3,750 lbs (1,701 kg)3,500 lbs (1,588 kg)
54,250 lbs (1,928 kg)2,750 lbs (1,247 kg)2,750 lbs (1,247 kg)2,750 lbs (1,247 kg)2,750 lbs (1,247 kg)
62,800 lbs (1,270 kg)2,000 lbs (907 kg)2,500 lbs (1,134 kg)1,500 lbs (680 kg)1,500 lbs (680 kg)
7Towing not recommended

Tongue loadACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 01

2500 lbs (227 kg)350 lbs (159 kg)500 lbs (227 kg)350 lbs (159 kg)
3450 lbs (204 kg)325 lbs (147 kg)475 lbs (216 kg)350 lbs (159 kg)
4350 lbs (159 kg)300 lbs (136 kg)375 lbs (170 kg)350 lbs (159 kg)
5250 lbs (113 kg)220 lbs (100 kg)275 lbs (125 kg)275 lbs (125 kg)
6140 lbs (64 kg)100 lbs (45 kg)150 lbs (68 kg)150 lbs (68 kg)

Towing Equipment and Accessories

Towing generally requires a variety of supplemental equipment.
To ensure the best quality, we recommend that you purchase Acura equipment whenever possible.

Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and setup of the equipment. Improper installation and setup can affect the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle. Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation. The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician. Trailer packages and products:

  • Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc.
  • Wiring harness kit
  • Trailer hitch kit (jumper harness included)
    Trailer brakes P. 435
  • Are available at a dealer.

Trailer brakes
Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more: There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard. The 4-pin gray connector installed in your vehicle has all of the circuits required to install most electric trailer brake controllers. Have a qualified mechanic install your trailer brake controller following the trailer brake controller manufacturer’s instructions. Failure to properly install the trailer brake controller may increase the distance it takes for you to stop your vehicle when towing a trailer.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 02

The 4-pin gray connector is located under the left side instrument panel.

Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the requirements in the area where you plan to tow.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 03

We recommend that you have a dealer install a Acura wiring harness and converter. They are designed for your vehicle.

  • Hitches
    Read the trailer manufacturer’s instructions, and select the appropriate draw bar for the height of the trailer you will be towing.
  • Weight distribution hitches
    Your vehicle is designed to tow without the need for a load distributing hitch. If you wish to use one, please consult your trailer maker for proper installation and set-up. Improper set-up could degrade the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle.
  • The trailer lighting connector is located behind the rear panel lining in the cargo area. Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the correct connector and pins.
  • Safety chains
    Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
  • Sway control
    This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle.
  • Trailer mirrors
    Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the trailer creates a blind spot.

AWD models
Automatic transmission cooler
An additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler is required to keep the transmission from overheating when towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg). You can get the additional ATF cooler at a dealer.

The trailer lighting connector is located behind the rear panel lining in the cargo area. Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the correct connector and pins.

  • Safety chains
    Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
  • Sway control
    This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle.
  • Trailer mirrors
    Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the trailer creates a blind spot.

Automatic transmission cooler
An additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler is required to keep the transmission from overheating when towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg). You can get the additional ATF cooler at a dealer.

Trailer Stability Assist
Helps to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer severely sways.

How trailer stability assist works
When the vehicle and trailer become unstable while driving, trailer stability assist determines the cause. If the trailer oscillation is detected as the cause, and the swaying increases, the system applies the brakes or controls engine output to reduce vehicle speed. Both the vehicle and trailer brake lights come on automatically if you brake to reduce vehicle speed.
Trailer stability assist is not a function that prevents the vehicle and trailer from swaying. Avoid high speeds, abrupt steering, improper trailer load, and sudden braking to keep the trailer from swaying. When swayed too severely, the system becomes ineffective, and you may lose control of your vehicle, causing the trailer to roll over or get damaged.2 Driving Safely with a Trailer P. 439

  • Crosswinds
  • Improper towbar down load
  • Excessive Speed

The VSA® system indicator blinks during the trailer stability assist operation.
VSA® Operation P. 479

Driving Safely with a Trailer
Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer

  • Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
  • Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits. 2 Towing Load Limits P. 430
  • When towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,590 kg), use of gasoline with a pump octane number of 91 or higher is recommended.
  • Towing performance can be affected by high altitude, high temperature, or steep uphill.
  • Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
  • Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while driving.
  • Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
  • Check the pressures of the trailer tires.
  • Turn off the Auto Idle Stop system using the Auto Idle Stop OFF button. The trailer weight can affect your vehicle’s brake effectiveness if Auto Idle Stop is activated on a hill while towing a trailer.

Models with parking sensor system

  • Turn off the rear parking sensor system.
    Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 581

Models with Low Speed Braking Control

  • Turn off the Low Speed Braking Control system. It may activate if it detects the towed object as an obstacle.
    System On and Off P. 509

Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)

  • Before hitching a trailer, set the EAS Leveling Control setting to Towing mode. When hitching the trailer, set the power mode to OFF.
    Leveling Control P. 472

Operating speed when towing a trailer must not exceed 62 mph (100 km/h). Parking In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel chocks at each of the trailer’s tires. Remember to unhitch the trailer before changing a flat tire. Ask the trailer sales or rental agency where and how to store the trailer’s spare tire.

Towing Speeds and Gears

  • Drive slower than normal.
    Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
    Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.

Turning and Braking

  • Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
  • Allow more time and distance for braking.
  • Do not brake or turn suddenly.

Driving in Hilly Terrain

  • Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (H) mark, turn off the climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.
  • Change the shift position to (S position if the transmission shifts frequently.

Retrieving a Boat
If the vehicle tires slip when retrieving a boat from the water, keep the transmission in (D and do not use the sequential shift mode in (S. This prevents damage to the transmission.

Towing Behind a Motorhome
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
Emergency Towing P. 725

If the automatic transmission fluid temperature exceeds the specified limit, the transmission will also automatically up shift, even in the sequential shift mode.

Driving in Hilly Terrain
If the automatic transmission fluid temperature exceeds the specified limit, the transmission will also automatically up shift, even in the sequential shift mode.

Off-Highway Driving Guidelines

General Information

Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-highway activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.

Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and recommendations:

  • Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
  • Maximum Load Limit P. 427
  • Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
  • Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
  • It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.

WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off-pavement can cause a crash or rollover in which you and your passengers could be seriously injured or killed.

  • Follow all instructions and guidelines in this owner’s manual.
  • Keep your speed low, and don’t drive faster than conditions permit.

Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.

Important Handling Information P. 36
Precautions While Driving P. 449

AWD models
Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD® system.

Avoiding Trouble

  • Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
  • Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in a hazardous situation.
  • Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
  • Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover or damage to your suspension or other components.
  •  Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually the safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it. Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
  • Crossing a Stream
    Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
  • If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need to be towed. Front tow hook is provided for this purpose.

When Driving

Starting the EngineACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 04

  1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
    The parking brake and brake system indicator (red) comes on for 30 seconds when you press the electric parking brake switch.
  2. Depress the brake pedal.
  3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.
Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 697
The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.

 

Remote Engine Start
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.

To start the engineACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 05

The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 08 button, then press and hold the button. The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute extension request was transmitted successfully.

After pressing the ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 08 button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.

* Not available on all models

WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation.

The remote engine start may violate local laws. Before using the remote engine start, check your local laws. If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference.

To stop the engine
The engine may not start by the remote engine start if:

  • You have disabled a remote engine start setting using the audio/information screen.
    Customized Features P. 351
  • The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
  • The transmission is in a position other than (P.
  • The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is unlocked.
  • The 12-volt battery temp is too low or the 12-volt battery charge is too low.
  •  You have already used the remote twice to start the engine.
  • Another registered keyless access remote is in the vehicle.
  • There is any antenna failure.
  • The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
  • The engine oil pressure is low.
  • The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
  • The telematics unit malfunctions.
  • The security system alarm is not set.

Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 08the doors and tailgate did not lock, and the engine does not start.

While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside:

  • The climate control system is activated in recirculation mode.
  • The seat ventilation* is activated.
    When it is cold outside:
    The defroster is activated at a moderately warm temperature.
  • The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are activated.
  • The seat heaters* and heated steering wheel* are activated.

Heated Steering Wheel* P. 230
Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation

Starting to Drive
When the engine was started using the keyless access remote.

  1. Depress and hold the brake pedal, then press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
    When the engine was started in any case
  2.  Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the transmission into (D. Select (R when reversing.
  3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal.
    Make sure the parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off.
    Parking Brake P. 567

Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. Put the transmission into (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.

When the engine was started using the keyless access remote
You can also release the parking brake by pulling the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal. The engine stops when the transmission is taken out of (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to drive.

The power mode will automatically turn to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) about 20 minutes after the following conditions have been met:

  •  A door has been opened, such as when leaving the vehicle.
  •  The transmission is in (P.
  • The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control:

  • Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
  • Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
  • Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
  • Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
  • Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).

In Rain
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

NOTICE
Do not change the shift position while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.

NOTICE

If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system. If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle. Do not select (N while driving as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance. During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as not to damage the engine or powertrain. Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km) after purchasing your new vehicle or replacing the brake pads or rotors, to allow for proper break-in.

Other Precautions
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

Automatic Transmission

Creeping
When the engine runs at higher idle speeds, the creeping force increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Kickdown
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
Important Handling Information P. 36
Precautions While Driving P. 449

Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
Shift positionsACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 07

WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged. A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death. Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position indicator.

To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement:

  • Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
  • Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift buttons.
  • Do not let passengers or children operate the shift buttons.

The beeper sounds and the message appears on the driver information interface when you depress the accelerator pedal with the shift position in (N. Change the shift position to (D or (R with the brake pedal depressed.

(P (parking) buttonACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 08

Park your vehicle in a safe place with the power mode in ON, then apply the brakes and press the (P button to put the transmission in Park. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on.

Shift Operation

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 09

NOTICE
When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift button before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission. Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the shift position before selecting a shift button. If the indicator of the currently selected shift position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible. The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt. When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometer red zone. When shifting positions in extremely low temperatures (−22°F/−30°C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct shift position before driving. The beeper sounds once when you change to (R).

When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the shift position automatically changes to (P.

  • The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or slower.
  • The transmission is in other than (P.
  • You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
  • If you manually change the shift position from (P with the brake pedal depressed, the shift position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal.
  • When turning off the power mode
    If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P, the shift position automatically changes to (P).

While the system is designed to automatically change the shift position to (P under the described conditions, in the interest of safety you should always select (P before opening the driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.

When Stopped
If you want to drive the vehicle after the shift position has automatically changed to (P under the described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the shift position. If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors.

If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running:

  1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
  2. Select (N, then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the driver information interface.
  3. Press and hold (N again for two seconds.
  4. This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle.

If the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed after car wash mode has been activated, the power mode will change to ACCESSORY and a message will be displayed on the driver information interface.

For 15 minutes the shift position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY. After that, the position automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF.
Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to (P when car wash mode is no longer needed.

Note that the transmission may not stay in (N position while any of the following indicators is on:

  1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
  2.  Select (N, then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the driver information interface.
  3.  Press and hold (N again for two seconds.
    This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 10

For 15 minutes the shift position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY. After that, the position automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF.
Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to (P when car wash mode is no longer needed.

If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]

  • Malfunction indicator lamp
  • Transmission system indicator
  • Charging system indicator
  • The Charging System Problem message on the driver information interface.

Restrictions on selecting a shift position
You cannot select a shift position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 11

Sequential Mode
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 10th gears without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.

When the transmission is in (D:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. When the vehicle goes into the sequential mode by (- paddle shifter and the lower gear is available, the transmission properly selects single or double gear change.

Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.

Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the normal drive Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the normal drive).

When the transmission is in (S)
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or pushing the D/S button. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator go off.

The sequential mode may be canceled if the Dynamic Mode is changed to another dynamic mode.

Sequential Mode Operation

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 12Each paddle shift operation makes a single or double gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear. If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range or the protection of transmission system is necessary. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 13

When the transmission is in (S and SPORT, SPORT+* or INDIVIDUAL mode, to prioritize the engine performance enhancement, the transmission may not allow for shifting up while the engine speed is low.

Acura Integrated Dynamics System
Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. Turn the Dynamic Mode switch to select LIFT*, SNOW, COMFORT, NORMAL, SPORT or SPORT+*. Press the button to select INDIVIDUAL. The mode you have selected appears on the audio/information screen.

The mode may not be able to be change when:

  • The vehicle is turning
  • The VSA® system is activating
  • There is a problem with the engine, transmission, the brake system, the VSA®, the EPS, the Active Damper System*, the Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)*, or the SH-AWD®*ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 14
  • Selecting the Dynamic Mode

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 15

Not available on all models

Mode descriptions
Each mode has been crafted for different driving styles according to the following chart.

ModeFunctionAccent Light Color*1Instrument Panel Gauges Shown*2
LIFT*Maximum ride height selected to provide additional clearance for occasional obstacles

2 Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)* P. 467

When in Lift, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of the Auto Idle Stop OFF button

2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473

WhiteTachometer, Speedometer
SNOWMaximizes controllability through powertrain settings. When in Snow, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of the Auto Idle Stop OFF button

2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473

WhiteTachometer, Speedometer
COMFORTMaximizes driver comfort through decreased steering effort, decreased active sound control, and reduced ride firmness (if Active Damper System and EAS is equipped)BlueNo analog gauges
NORMALBalanced response for everyday useWhiteTachometer, Speedometer
  • Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is
    set to Dynamic Mode.
  •  Customized Features P. 351
  •  Lighting area of the accent light P. 464
  • Different gauges will display based on the Acura Integrated Dynamics System mode.
  •  Instrument Panel P. 13
ModeFunctionAccent Light Color*1Instrument Panel Gauges Shown*2
SPORTEnhances vehicle response through increased steering effort, heightened throttle response, increased active sound control, more responsive ride and handling with Active Damper System*, EAS*, and SH-AWD®*.

When in SPORT, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay
disabled regardless of the Auto Idle Stop OFF button
Auto Idle Stop P. 473

RedPower Monitor or Boost Gauge, Tachometer, Speedometer
SPORT+*Further enhances vehicle response for performance driving through increased throttle response and maximized active sound control.RedEnhanced Boost Gauge, Tachometer, Speedometer
INDIVIDUALEach category can be customized separately to suit the driver’s preference

2 Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465

Blue, white, or red

Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465

Follows COMFORT, NORMAL,

or SPORT and is customized in the INDIVIDUAL Settings

Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465

  1. Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is
    set to Dynamic Mode.
  2. Customized Features P. 351
  3. Lighting area of the accent light P. 464
  4. Different gauges will display based on the Acura Integrated Dynamics System mode.
  5. Instrument Panel P. 13

Next start-up mode
The mode for the next start-up is saved according to the following chart. Each keyless access remote has its own mode saved

Last Dynamic ModeNext Dynamic ModeWelcome Accent Light Color*1
COMFORTCOMFORTBlue
LIFT*, SNOW, NORMAL, SPORT or

SPORT+*

NORMALWhite
INDIVIDUAL (via COMFORT)COMFORTBlue
INDIVIDUAL (via LIFT*, SNOW, NORMAL, SPORT or SPORT+*)NORMALWhite
  1. Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode.
  2. Customized Features P. 351
  3. Lighting area of the accent light P. 464

Lighting area of the accent light

Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode.

Customized Features P. 351

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 16

Accent lighting area may vary by model trim.

Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings
You can customize the INDIVIDUAL settings linked to your current keyless access remote. Each keyless access remote has its own settings.

  1. Push and hold the button to enter INDIVIDUAL mode and open the INDIVIDUAL settings. 2 Selecting the Dynamic Mode P. 460
  2.  Highlight the setting category icon and click the A-zone touchpad to display the setting screen.
  3.  Highlight the desired setting and click the A-zone touchpad to change the setting. button to return to INDIVIDUAL settings screen. button to return to the audio/information screen. button to return to INDIVIDUAL settings screen. button to return to the audio/information screen.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 17

CategoryDescription
EngineSelect COMFORT, NORMAL, or SPORT for the engine throttle response and transmission shift response
SteeringSelect COMFORT, NORMAL, or SPORT for the steering effort
  • Suspension*2
Select COMFORT, NORMAL, or SPORT for ride and/or handling:

  • The suspension stiffness with the Active Damper System (if equipped)
  • The vehicle height changes with the EAS (if equipped)
  • The power distribution to the wheels with SH-AWD® (if equipped)
Idle StopSet the Auto Idle Stop system to Enabled or Disabled. While Idle Stop is Disabled in INDIVIDUAL mode, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of the Auto Idle Stop OFF button

Auto Idle Stop P. 473

GaugeSelect COMFORT, NORMAL or SPORT to set the gauges to be displayed
Lighting*1Set the interior accent lighting. COMFORT for blue, NORMAL for white, and SPORT for red
Reset to DefaultEngine, Steering, Suspension, Gauge, and Lighting is set to Normal, and Idle Stop is set to Enabled
  1. Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode.
  2.  Customized Features P. 351
  3. Lighting area of the accent light P. 464
  4. Suspension category only available if Active Damper System, EAS, or SH-AWD® is equipped.

Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
Improves passenger comfort and driving performance by adjusting the vehicle height while driving. You can also improve the ease of entering and exiting the vehicle and change its appearance when parked by customizing the parked height.

  • Auto Leveling
  • Driving Vehicle Height Adjustment
  • Parked Height

NOTICE
When parking or changing Dynamic Mode, Parked Height settings, or Leveling Control settings, make sure there are no obstacles above or under the vehicle.

A message will display when the vehicle height has been lowered significantly. If you drive while this message is displayed, you may damage the underside of the vehicle when driving on uneven pavement such as curbs and potholes. It may take at least 10 minutes after starting the engine to return to a vehicle height within the normal operating range. If you enter the vehicle or load luggage while this message is displayed, it may take longer for it to return. If your vehicle is parked for an extended period, the EAS will lose some air. The vehicle height when parked may naturally change in the following situations:

  • The ambient temperature has changed.
  • When loading and unloading luggage.
  • The EAS has lost some air.
    When the engine is started, the EAS automatically moves your vehicle to the target vehicle height.

If the vehicle height is changed repeatedly, the system will turn off temporarily as a protective measure. If it turns off frequently, contact your Acura dealer. You may hear noises coming from the lower part of the vehicle and the engine compartment while the vehicle height is being adjusted or the system is being maintained. Vehicle height adjustment may stop temporarily if the doors or the tailgate are opened during operation. The EAS may continue to operate even after the engine is turned off.

Vehicle Height DisplayACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 18The current vehicle height is displayed as follows:

  • High: Approx. 50mm higher than base height
  • Mid: Approx. 30 mm higher that base height Base: Base height
  • Low: Approx. 15mm lower than base height

The Dynamic Lift Mode Indicator turns on while the suspension is being adjusted. The target vehicle height is shown using the arrows.

Auto Leveling
When the engine is started, the vehicle automatically adjusts the vehicle height to the target height so that it stays level when entering or exiting the vehicle, loading luggage, or when the fuel level is low.

The Dynamic Lift Mode Indicator remains on when in LIFT mode. Auto Leveling status is not displayed on the driver information interface. Auto Leveling will not activate while the engine is turned off by the Auto Idle Stop.

Driving Vehicle Height Adjustment
The vehicle height changes when the Dynamic Mode is changed. The vehicle height is automatically adjusted to maintain the target height according to the speed of the vehicle.

Acura Integrated Dynamics System P. 459

Dynamic ModeVehicle Height
LIFTThe vehicle height is set to High when stopped. As the vehicle speed increases, the vehicle height will decrease in stages.
Once the vehicle exceeds a certain speed, the vehicle height will reach Low. As the vehicle’s speed decreases, it will gradually return to the original height.
SNOW COMFORT NORMALThe vehicle height is set to Base when stopped. Once the vehicle exceeds a certain speed, the vehicle height changes to Low. It then returns to the original height once the speed of the vehicle decreases.
SPORT SPORT+The vehicle height is set to Low in all conditions.

When the power mode is set to ON, the target vehicle height is set to the base height even if SPORT+, SPORT, or LIFT mode was previously selected. Once you begin to drive, the vehicle height is adjusted. If you don’t want the vehicle height to change, you need to change Dynamic Mode to the mode previously selected.
When INDIVIDUAL mode is selected, the vehicle height set in Suspension settings is used.

Parked Height
You can change the parked vehicle height to improve the ease of entry and exit into the vehicle and customize the appearance of the vehicle when parked. The vehicle height will change to the set height when the shift position is set to (P).
Customized Features P. 351

SettingExplanation
HighThe vehicle height is about 50mm higher than base height when parked.
AutoThe vehicle height adjusts based on the Integrated Dynamic System mode.
LowThe vehicle height is about 15mm lower than base height when parked.

Leveling Control
You should change the system settings depending on the situation.
Customized Features P. 351

SettingExplanation
ONUsed when driving normally. The vehicle height changes depending on the Dynamic Mode.
OFFUsed when raising the vehicle with a jack, such as during a tire change, or when emergency towing is required.
Changing a Flat Tire P. 661
Emergency Towing P. 725
The vehicle height is locked to the one in use when the setting is changed and turns off Auto Leveling.
Towing ModeUsed when towing a trailer. The vehicle height is locked to the base height regardless of Dynamic Mode.

EAS Conditions and Limitations

The system may not operate correctly in the following conditions:

  • There is not enough air in the suspension.
  • Movement of the suspension is restricted by snow, ice, etc.
  • The vehicle is tilting heavily.
  • When driving on an uneven or very bumpy road.
  • The vehicle is moving or turning at a high speed.
  •  The battery is too low.

Leveling Control automatically changes from OFF to ON when the vehicle is moving at a speed of 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher. To set leveling control to Towing Mode before attaching the trailer to ensure proper trailer setup.

Auto Idle Stop
To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator (green) comes on at this time.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 19

The environmental and vehicle conditions that Auto Idle Stop impact Auto Idle Stop system operation are Indicator (Green) varied.
2 Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 475, 476

The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, and the indicator (green) goes off.2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When: P. 477

The Auto Idle Stop suspend indicator comes on and a message appears on the driver information interface when the Auto Idle Stop system cannot be activated.
Indicators P. 86
Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 474

If the driver’s door is opened while the indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation. A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the driver information interface. The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the 12-volt battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the 12-volt battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.

Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 26

To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops.
Auto Idle Stop system will stop, the indicator will come on and a message appears on the driver information interface.

The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

If you turn off the Auto Idle Stop system while it is activated, the engine will restart. Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 475
If you hold the Auto Idle Stop OFF button, you can disable idle stop messages.2 Indicators P. 86

Auto Idle Stop Activates When
The vehicle stops with the shift position in (D and the brake pedal depressed. When you put the transmission into (P, the Auto Idle Stop continues to operate, even if the brake pedal is released. If you depress the brake pedal, the engine may automatically restart.

Auto Idle Stop does not activate when

  • The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
  • The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
  • The engine is not adequately warmed up or coolant temperature is high.
  • The transmission fluid temperature is low or high.
  • The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h) after the engine starts.
  • The vehicle is stopped on a steep incline.
  • The transmission is in a position other than (D.
  • The engine is started with the hood open.
    Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate Auto Idle Stop.
  • The battery charge is low.
  • The internal temperature of the battery is 14°F (−10°C). or less.
  •  The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below −4°F (−20°C) or over 104°F (40°C).
  • The climate control system is in use, and the temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. • is ON (indicator on).
  • The Integrated Dynamics System mode is changed to LIFT*, SNOW, SPORT or SPORT+* mode.
  • The Auto Idle Stop is set to off on INDIVIDUAL setting screen.
  • Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465

Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Starting the Engine P. 443
When ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate. In such cases, the engine may restart if you change the shift position other than (D.
Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button causes the engine to no longer restart automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine.
Starting the Engine

Auto Idle Stop may not activate when

  • The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly.
  • The steering wheel is operated.
  • The fan speed is high.
  • The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between the set temperature and the actual interior temperature.
  • The climate control system is in use, and humidity in the interior is high.

The Engine Automatically Restarts When

  • The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated).
    The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system activated).
    Automatic Brake Hold P. 572

The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when

  • The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
  • The steering wheel is operated.
  • The transmission is put into (R or (S, or when it is set from (N to (D.
  • If you put the transmission into (P after the Auto Idle Stop activates, the Auto Idle Stop continues to operate. In this case, the engine restarts when you depress the brake pedal.
  • The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while stopped on an incline.
  • The brake pedal is released slightly during a stop.
  • The battery charge becomes low.
  • The accelerator pedal is depressed.
  • The driver’s seat belt is unlatched.
  •  is ON (indicator on).
  • The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
  • The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior.
  • The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with ACC with Low Speed Follow.
  • The Integrated Dynamics System mode is changed to LIFT*, SNOW, SPORT or SPORT+* mode.
  • The Auto Idle Stop is set to off on INDIVIDUAL setting screen.
  •  Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465

Not available on all models

If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts.
The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when:
With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal while Auto Idle Stop is in operation.
If the automatic brake hold system has been turned off, or if there is a problem with the system, the engine will restart automatically when you release the brake pedal.
With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal while Auto Idle Stop is in operation.
If the automatic brake hold system has been turned off, or if there is a problem with the system, the engine will restart automatically when you release the brake pedal.
Automatic Brake Hold P. 572

Starting Assist Brake Function
Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.

Vehicle Stability Assist TM (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

VSA® OperationACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 21

When VSA® activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic brake system. You will also see the indicator blink.

The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified. When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. The main function of the VSA® system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function. The vehicle stability assist TM (VSA®) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

VSA® On and OffACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 21This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA® functionality/features, press and hold it until you hear a beep. Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective. To restore VSA® functionality/features, press the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a beep. VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA® functionality/features, press and hold it until you hear a beep. Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective. To restore VSA® functionality/features, press the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a beep. VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA® functionality/features, press and hold it until you hear a beep. Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective. To restore VSA® functionality/features, press the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a beep. VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering. The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist does not activate. You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the agile handling assist is activated. This is normal.

Super Handling-All Wheel Drive TM (SH-AWD®)
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions. SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following:

  • It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply brakes.
    Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
  • The SH-AWD® system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
    Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 642
    Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD® unit.
    If AWD temperature too hot. Do not drive. Idle engine to allow system to cool. message appears on the driver information interface while driving, it indicates the differential temperature is too high. If this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the shift position to (P, and idle the engine until the indicator goes out.Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the driver information interface.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 23

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.  If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the driver information interface.

Tire pressure checked and inflated in:

  • Warm weather can become under-inflated in colder weather.
  • Cold weather can become overinflated in warmer weather.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of overinflection.
Only use genuine TPMS specified wheels since your vehicle’s wheels are equipped with the low tire pressure/TPMS sensor.
If you drive your vehicle without the genuine TPMS specified wheels, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator blinks for one minutes and then stays on.
Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 642
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications. If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is reached. Stop filling the tire.

Tire Pressure MonitorACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 10To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel until you see the tire pressure screen. Tire pressure for each tire is displayed in psi.
Tire pressures low is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen. The pressure displayed on the driver information interface can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the driver information interface do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer. Tire pressure monitor system problem. Check tire pressure. See your dealer. may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire*, or there is a problem with the TPMS.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) – Required Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 25
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Blind spot information System
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.

How the system worksACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 26

WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes. Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.

Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, blind spot information system has limitations. Overreliance on blind spot information system may result in a collision. The blind spot information system alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions:

  • A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more than two seconds.
  • A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
  • The speed difference between your vehicle and the vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
  • An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.
  • A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle.

When the system detects a vehicleACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 27

Blind spot information System Alert Indicator: Located near the pillar on both sides.
Comes on when:

  • A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.
  • You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Blinks and the beeper sounds when
You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.

The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur.

  • The blind spot information system alert indicator may not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind spot information system not available driver information interface appearing.
  • The blind spot information system alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.

You can change the setting for the blind spot information system.
Customized Features P. 351
Turn the system off when towing a trailer.
The system may not work properly for the following reasons:

  • The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the radar coverage.
  • The trailer itself can be detected by the radar sensors, causing the blind spot information system alert indicators to come on.

Blind spot information System On and OffACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 28When you turn the blind spot information system on and off, do the following.

  1. Press the safety support switch.
  2. Roll the right selector wheel to the symbol and push it.
    A message appears on the driver information interface when the system turns on or off.
    A check mark appears in the box and the color of the symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.

The blind spot information system is in the previously selected on (checked) or off (unchecked) setting each time you start the engine. You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111

Blind spot information system may be adversely affected when

  • Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc.) are detected.
  • An object that does not reflect radio waves well, such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
  • Driving on a curved road.
  • A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent lane.
  • The system picks up external electrical interference.
  • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
  • The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
  • In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
  • Making a turn at an intersection.
  • Driving on a bumpy road.
  • Making a short turn that slightly tilts the vehicle.

For a proper blind spot information system operation

  • Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
  • Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.
  • Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.

Models without Low Speed Braking Control
Acura Watch TM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror.

Models with Low Speed Braking Control
Acura Watch TM is a driver support system which employs the use of three distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror, and the sonar sensors located in the front and rear bumpers. Acura Watch TM has the following functions.

The functions which do not require switch operations to activate

  • Collision Mitigation Braking System TM (CMBSTM)
    P. 495
  • Low Speed Braking Control*
    P. 506
  • Road Departure Mitigation System
    P. 550
  • Traffic Sign Recognition System
    P. 556

The functions which require switch operations to activate

  • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
    P. 512
  • Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
    P. 529
  • Traffic Jam Assist
    P. 538

Operation Switches for the ACC with Low Speed Follow/LKAS/Traffic Jam AssistACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 31

Button
Press to activate standby mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and Traffic Jam Assist. Or press to cancel these systems.

LKAS Button
Press to activate standby mode for LKAS and Traffic Jam Assist. Or press to cancel these systems.

Interval Button
Press to change the ACC with Low Speed Follow following-interval.

CANCEL Button
Press to cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow.

RES/+/SET/− Switch
Press the RES/+/SET/– switch up to set or resume the ACC with Low Speed Follow or increase the vehicle speed.
Press the RES/+/SET/– switch down to set the ACC with Low Speed Follow or decrease the vehicle speed.

Gauge ContentACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 32You can see the current state of ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS and Traffic Jam Assist. When both of a and b indicates, Traffic Jam Assist is ready to be activated. a Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow is ready to be activated.

  • White: The system is in standby.
  • Green: The system is on.
  • Amber: There is a problem with the system.

Indicates that LKAS is ready to be activated

  • White: The system is in standby.
  • Green: The system is on.
  • Amber: There is a problem with the system.
  • Indicates that LKAS or Traffic Jam Assist is activated and whether or not traffic lane lines are detected.
    Solid line: The system is on.
  • Lane outline: The system is in standby.
  • Indicates whether or not ACC with Low Speed Follow detected the vehicle ahead. e Shows vehicle set speed in ACC with Low Speed Follow.
  • Shows set vehicle interval in ACC with Low Speed Follow.
  • Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow shows the setting status.
    Green: The system is on.
    Outlined: The system is not activated.

Models with Head-up display
You can have the head-up display show you the current state of each function.
Head-Up Display* P. 125

How to Operate the Buttons on the Steering Wheel
To activate ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and Traffic Jam Assist, carry out the following steps:

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 33

Collision Mitigation Braking System TM (CMBSTM)
The system can assist you when it determines there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of your vehicle. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when the potential for a collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

For directions on the proper handling of the radar sensor, refer to the following page.
Radar Sensor P. 564
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
Front Sensor Camera P. 562

Important Safety Reminder
The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.
The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:

CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500
The CMBSTM is not activated for about 15 seconds after the power system is turned on.

How the System Works

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 34The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) or above and will search for a vehicle in front of you.
The CMBSTM activates when:

  • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.
  • Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system determines there is a chance of a collision with:
    • Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in your same direction.
    • A pedestrian who is detected in front of you.
  • Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines there is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling in your same direction.

When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle stops or a potential collision is not determined.

When the system activates
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.)ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 35You can change the distance (Long/Normal/Short) between vehicles at which the system’s earliest collision alert will come on through driver information interface setting options.
List of customizable options P. 360

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list.
CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500

The head-up warning* uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 36Collision Alert Stages
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.

 

Distance between vehicles

CMBSTM
The sensors detect a vehicleAudible & Visual WARNINGSBraking
 

 

 

Stage one

 

Normal Long  Short           

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 37

Your Vehicle                      Vehicle Ahead

There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.

 

When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal. 

 

 

 

 

Stage two

Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 38

 

The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.

Visual and audible alerts.Lightly applied
 

 

Stage three

Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 39

 

 

The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.

Forcefully applied

CMBSTM On and OffACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 40When you turn the CMBSTM on and off, do the following.

  1. Press the safety support switch.
  2. Roll the right selector wheel to the  ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 41 symbol and push it.
    A message appears on the driver information interface when the system turns on or off.
    A check mark appears in the box and the color of the  ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 41 symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.

The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the safety support indicator (amber) will come and stay on under certain conditions:

CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500
You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111
When the CMBSTM is activated, it will continue to operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially depressed. However, it will be canceled if the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. The vehicle stability assist TM (VSA®) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).

CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off and the safety support indicator (amber) will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.

Front Sensor Camera P. 562
Radar Sensor P. 564

Environmental conditions

  • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
  • Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
  • There is little contrast between objects and the background.
  • Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
  • Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
  • Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
  • Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
  • Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
  • Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Roadway conditions

  • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
    Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
    The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

Vehicle conditions

  • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
  • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
  • The inside of the windshield is fogged.
  • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.).
  • When tire chains are installed.
  • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
  • The camera temperature gets too high.
  • Driving with the parking brake applied.
  • When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty.
  • The vehicle is towing a trailer.

Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)

  • The EAS is malfunctioning.

Detection limitations

  • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
  • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short.
  • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
  • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed.
  • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small vehicle.
    When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
  • When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
  • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of you is significantly large.
  • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
  • Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
  • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
  • When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
  • When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

  • When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by side.
  • Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
  • When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting.
  • When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 6.6 feet (2 meter) in height.
  • When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
  • When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or they are running.
  • When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
  • When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

Automatic shutoff
The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the safety support indicator (amber) comes and stays on when:

The temperature inside the system is high.
You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an extended period.
An abnormal tire condition is detected (incorrect tire size, flat tire, etc.).
The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty.

Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

With Little Chance of a Collision
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 42

On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 43

Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

  • Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
    You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 44

Low Speed Braking Control
Using sonar sensors located on the front and rear bumpers, this system can detect if there is danger of a potential collision with a wall or other obstacle during normal driving or when the accelerator pedal is depressed with too much force. The system then assists in avoiding collisions and reducing damage from impact through assistive braking and/or assistive driving power suppression.

WARNING
The Low Speed Braking Control System cannot avoid all collisions and may not reduce damage in each situation where the accelerator is mistakenly or aggressively pressed. Overreliance on the system may result in a collision with serious injury or death. Always check your surroundings, your shift position, and your pedal use. Driver remains responsible for safely operating the vehicle. If the Low Speed Braking Control activates in a situation where you do not want automatic brake application (such as when the vehicle is between two railroad crossing gates), simply press the brake pedal to deactivate the system and then continue to drive as intended.

How the System Works

 Assistive braking
Assistive braking provides a visual and audible alert when the vehicle is moving between approximately 1 and 6 mph (2 and 10 km/h) and there is the possibility of a collision with a detected wall or other obstacles, as well as providing assistance with braking.

Leveling Control
You should change the system settings depending on the situation.
Customized Features P. 351

SettingExplanation
ONUsed when driving normally. The vehicle height changes depending on the Dynamic Mode.
OFFUsed when raising the vehicle with a jack, such as during a tire change, or when emergency towing is required.

2 Changing a Flat Tire P. 661

2 Emergency Towing P. 725

The vehicle height is locked to the one in use when the setting is changed and turns off Auto Leveling.

Towing ModeUsed when towing a trailer. The vehicle height is locked to the base height regardless of Dynamic Mode.

EAS Conditions and Limitations

The system may not operate correctly in the following conditions:

  • There is not enough air in the suspension.
  • Movement of the suspension is restricted by snow, ice, etc.
  • The vehicle is tilting heavily.
  • When driving on an uneven or very bumpy road.
  • The vehicle is moving or turning at a high speed.
  • The battery is too low.

Leveling Control automatically changes from OFF to ON when the vehicle is moving at a speed of 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher.
To set leveling control to Towing Mode before attaching the trailer to ensure proper trailer setup.

Auto Idle Stop
To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator (green) comes on at this time.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 29The environmental and vehicle conditions that impact Auto Idle Stop system operation are varied.
Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 475, 476
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, and the indicator (green) goes off.
The Engine Automatically Restarts When: P. 477

The Auto Idle Stop suspend indicator comes on and a message appears on the driver information interface when the Auto Idle Stop system cannot be activated.
Indicators P. 86
Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 474
If the driver’s door is opened while the indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation.
A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the driver information interface.
Indicators P. 86

The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type
may shorten the 12-volt battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the 12-volt battery, make sure to select the specified
type. Ask a dealer for more details.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 30To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops. Auto Idle Stop system will stop, the indicator will come on and a message appears on the driver information interface. The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

If you turn off the Auto Idle Stop system while it is activated, the engine will restart.
Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 475
If you hold the Auto Idle Stop OFF button, you can disable idle stop messages.
Indicators P. 86

Auto Idle Stop Activates When
The vehicle stops with the shift position in (D and the brake pedal depressed. When you put the transmission into (P, the Auto Idle Stop continues to operate, even if the brake pedal is released.
If you depress the brake pedal, the engine may automatically restart.

Auto Idle Stop does not activate when

  • The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
  • The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
  • The engine is not adequately warmed up or coolant temperature is high.
  • The transmission fluid temperature is low or high.
  • The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h) after the engine starts.
  •  The vehicle is stopped on a steep incline.
  • The transmission is in a position other than (D.
  • The engine is started with the hood open.
    Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate Auto Idle Stop.
  • The battery charge is low.
  • The internal temperature of the battery is 14°F (−10°C). or less.
  • The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below −4°F (−20°C) or over 104°F (40°C).
  • The climate control system is in use, and the temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. • is ON (indicator on).
  •  The Integrated Dynamics System mode is changed to LIFT*, SNOW, SPORT or SPORT+* mode.
  • The Auto Idle Stop is set to off on INDIVIDUAL setting screen.
  • Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465

Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Starting the Engine P. 443
When ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate. In such cases, the engine may restart if you change the shift position other than (D. Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button causes the engine to no longer restart automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine.

Auto Idle Stop may not activate when

  • The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly.
  • The steering wheel is operated.
  • The fan speed is high.
  • The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between the set temperature and the actual interior temperature.
  • The climate control system is in use, and humidity in the interior is high.

The Engine Automatically Restarts When

  • The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated).
  • The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system activated).

The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when

  • The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
  • The steering wheel is operated.
  • The transmission is put into (R or (S, or when it is set from (N to (D.
  • If you put the transmission into (P after the Auto Idle Stop activates, the Auto Idle Stop continues to operate. In this case, the engine restarts when you depress the brake pedal.
  • The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while stopped on an incline.
  • The brake pedal is released slightly during a stop.
  • The battery charge becomes low.
  • The accelerator pedal is depressed.
  • The driver’s seat belt is unlatched is ON (indicator on).
  • The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
  • The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior.
  • The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with ACC with Low Speed Follow.
  • The Integrated Dynamics System mode is changed to LIFT*, SNOW, SPORT or SPORT+* mode.
  • The Auto Idle Stop is set to off on INDIVIDUAL setting screen.
  • Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465

If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts.*1: With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal while Auto Idle Stop is in operation. If the automatic brake hold system has been turned off, or if there is a problem with the system, the engine will restart automatically when you release the brake pedal.

Starting Assist Brake Function
Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

VSA OperationACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 21When VSA® activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic brake system. You will also see the indicator blink.

The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. The main function of the VSA® system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function. The vehicle stability assist TM (VSA®) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

VSA On and OffACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 22

This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA® functionality/features, press and hold it until you hear a beep. Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective. To restore VSA® functionality/features, press the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a beep. VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off. When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on. Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off. You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.

Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering.

The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist does not activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the agile handling assist is activated. This is normal.

Super Handling-All Wheel Drive TM (SH-AWD)
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions. SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following:

  • It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply brakes.
  • Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.

The SH-AWD® system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 642
Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD® unit.
If AWD temperature too hot. Do not drive. Idle engine to allow system to cool. message appears on the driver information interface while driving, it indicates the differential temperature is too high. If this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the shift position to (P, and idle the engine until the indicator goes out.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill AssistACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 23Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the driver information interface.

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on. If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 712

Tire pressure checked and inflated in:

  • Warm weather can become under-inflated in colder weather.
  • Cold weather can become overinflated in warmer weather.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.
Only use genuine TPMS specified wheels since your vehicle’s wheels are equipped with the low tire pressure/TPMS sensor.
If you drive your vehicle without the genuine TPMS specified wheels, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator blinks for one minutes and then stays on.
Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 642
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is reached. Stop filling the tire.

Tire Pressure MonitorACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 24

To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel until you see the tire pressure screen.
Tire pressure for each tire is displayed in psi. Tire pressures low is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.

The pressure displayed on the driver information interface can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the driver information interface do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer. Tire pressure monitor system problem. Check tire pressure. See your dealer. may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire*, or there is a problem with the TPMS.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) – Required Federal Explanation

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Blind spot information System
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.

How the system works

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 26

WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes. Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.

Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, blind spot information system has limitations. Overreliance on blind spot information system may result in a collision.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions:

  • A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more than two seconds.
  • A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
  • The speed difference between your vehicle and the vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
  • An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.
  • A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle.

When the system detects a vehicleACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 27

Blind spot information System Alert Indicator: Located near the pillar on both sides.
Comes on when:

  • A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.
  • You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Blinks and the beeper sounds when
You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.

The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur.

  • The blind spot information system alert indicator may not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind spot information system not available driver information interface appearing.
  • The blind spot information system alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.

You can change the setting for the blind spot information system.
Customized Features P. 351
Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system may not work properly for the following reasons:

  • The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the radar coverage.
  • The trailer itself can be detected by the radar sensors, causing the blind spot information system alert indicators to come on.

Blind spot information System On and OffACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 28When you turn the blind spot information system on and off, do the following.

  1. Press the safety support switch.
  2. Roll the right selector wheel to the symbol and push it.
    A message appears on the driver information interface when the system turns on or off.
    A check mark appears in the box and the color of the symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.

The blind spot information system is in the previously selected on (checked) or off (unchecked) setting each time you start the engine. You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.

Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111
Blind spot information system may be adversely affected when:

  • Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc.) are detected.
  • An object that does not reflect radio waves well, such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
  • Driving on a curved road.
  • A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent lane.
  • The system picks up external electrical interference.
  • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
  • The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
  • In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
  • Making a turn at an intersection.
  • Driving on a bumpy road.
  • Making a short turn that slightly tilts the vehicle.
  • For a proper blind spot information system operation:
  • Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
  • Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.
  • Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.

Acura Watch

Models without Low Speed Braking Control
Acura Watch TM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror.

Models with Low Speed Braking Control
Acura Watch TM is a driver support system which employs the use of three distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror, and the sonar sensors located in the front and rear bumpers.

Acura Watch TM has the following functions

  • Collision Mitigation Braking System (CMBS) P. 495
  • Low Speed Braking Control* P. 506
  • Road Departure Mitigation System P. 550
  • Traffic Sign Recognition System P. 556

The functions which do not require switch operations to activate.

The functions which require switch operations to activate

  • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 512
  • Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 529
  • Traffic Jam Assist P. 538

Operation Switches for the ACC with Low Speed Follow/LKAS/Traffic Jam AssistACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 31

Button
Press to activate standby mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and Traffic Jam Assist. Or press to cancel these systems.

LKAS Button
Press to activate standby mode for LKAS and Traffic Jam Assist. Or press to cancel these systems.

Interval Button
Press to change the ACC with Low Speed Follow following-interval.

CANCEL Button
Press to cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow.

RES/+/SET/− Switch
Press the RES/+/SET/– switch up to set or resume the ACC with Low Speed Follow or increase the vehicle speed. Press the RES/+/SET/– switch down to set the ACC with Low Speed Follow or decrease the vehicle speed.

Gauge Content

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 32

You can see the current state of ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS and Traffic Jam Assist. When both of a and b indicates, Traffic Jam Assist is ready to be activated. a Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow is ready to be activated.

  • White: The system is in standby.
  • Green: The system is on.
  • Amber: There is a problem with the system.

Indicates that LKAS is ready to be activated

  • White: The system is in standby.
  • Green: The system is on.
  • Amber: There is a problem with the system.
    indicates that LKAS or Traffic Jam Assist is activated and whether or not traffic lane lines are detected.
  • Solid line: The system is on.
  • Lane outline: The system is in standby.
  • Indicates whether or not ACC with Low Speed Follow detected the vehicle ahead.
  • Shows vehicle set speed in ACC with Low Speed Follow.
  • Shows set vehicle interval in ACC with Low Speed Follow.
  • Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow shows the setting status.
  • Green: The system is on.
  • Outlined: The system is not activated.

Models with Head-up display

You can have the head-up display show you the current state of each function.
Head-Up Display* P. 125

How to Operate the Buttons on the Steering Wheel
To activate ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and Traffic Jam Assist, carry out the following steps:

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 33Collision Mitigation Braking System (CMBSTM)
The system can assist you when it determines there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of your vehicle. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when the potential for a collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

For directions on the proper handling of the radar sensor, refer to the following page.
Radar Sensor P. 564
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
Front Sensor Camera P. 562

Important Safety Reminder
The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions. The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:
CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500
The CMBSTM is not activated for about 15 seconds after the power system is turned on.

How the System WorksACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 34

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) or above and will search for a vehicle in front of you.
The CMBSTM activates when:

  • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.
  • Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system determines there is a chance of a collision with:
    • Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in your same direction.
    • A pedestrian who is detected in front of you.
    • Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines there is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling in your same direction.

When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle stops or a potential collision is not determined.

When the system activatesACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 35You can change the distance (Long/Normal/Short) between vehicles at which the system’s earliest collision alert will come on through driver information interface setting options.

List of customizable options P. 360

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list.
CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500
The head-up warning* uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 36

Collision Alert Stages
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.

Distance between vehiclesCMBSTM
The sensors detect a vehicleAudible & Visual WARNINGSBraking
 

Stage one

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 37There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal. 

 

 

Stage twoACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 38     The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.Visual and audible alerts.Lightly applied
Stage threeACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 39The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.Forcefully applied

CMBSTM On and OffACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 28

When you turn the CMBSTM on and off, do the following.

  1. Press the safety support switch.
  2. Roll the right selector wheel to theACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 41 symbol and push it.
    A message appears on the driver information interface when the system turns on or off.
    A check mark appears in the box and the color of the ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 41 symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 41 of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.

The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the safety support indicator (amber) will come and stay on under certain conditions:
CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500
You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111
When the CMBSTM is activated, it will continue to operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially depressed.
However, it will be canceled if the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. The vehicle stability assist TM (VSA®) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).

CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off and the safety support indicator (amber) will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.

  • Front Sensor Camera P. 562
    Radar Sensor P. 564
  • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
  • Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
  • There is little contrast between objects and the background.
  • Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
  • Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
  • Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
  • Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
  • Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
  • Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Roadway conditions

  • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
  • Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
  • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

Vehicle conditions

  • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
  • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
  • The inside of the windshield is fogged.
  • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.).
  • When tire chains are installed.
  • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
  • The camera temperature gets too high.
  • Driving with the parking brake applied.
  • When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty.
  • The vehicle is towing a trailer.

Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)

  • The EAS is malfunctioning.

Detection limitations

  • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
  • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short.
  • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
  • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed.
  • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small vehicle.
  • When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
  • When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
  • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of you is significantly large.
  • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
  • Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
  • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
  • When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
  • When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

  • When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by side.
  • Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
  • When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting.
  • When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 6.6 feet (2 meter) in height.
  • When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
  • When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or they are running.
  • When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
  • When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

Automatic shutoff
The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the safety support indicator (amber) comes and stays on when:

  • The temperature inside the system is high.
  • You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an extended period.
  • An abnormal tire condition is detected (incorrect tire size, flat tire, etc.).
  • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty.

Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

With Little Chance of a Collision
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

  • When Passing
    Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
  • At an intersection
    Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 42On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 43

  • Through a low bridge at high speed
    You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
  • Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
    You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 44

Low Speed Braking Control
Using sonar sensors located on the front and rear bumpers, this system can detect if there is danger of a potential collision with a wall or other obstacle during normal driving or when the accelerator pedal is depressed with too much force. The system then assists in avoiding collisions and reducing damage from impact through assistive braking and/or assistive driving power suppression.

WARNING
The Low Speed Braking Control System cannot avoid all collisions and may not reduce damage in each situation where the accelerator is mistakenly or aggressively pressed. Overreliance on the system may result in a collision with serious injury or death. Always check your surroundings, your shift position, and your pedal use. Driver remains responsible for safely operating the vehicle.
The Low Speed Braking Control System cannot avoid all collisions and may not reduce damage in each situation where the accelerator is mistakenly or aggressively pressed. Overreliance on the system may result in a collision with serious injury or death. Always check your surroundings, your shift position, and your pedal use. Driver remains responsible for safely operating the vehicle.

How the System Works

Assistive braking
Assistive braking provides a visual and audible alert when the vehicle is moving between approximately 1 and 6 mph (2 and 10 km/h) and there is the possibility of a collision with a detected wall or other obstacles, as well as providing assistance with braking.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 01

If the only rear sensors are turned off using the parking sensor system, the assistive
braking will not work when reversing.
Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 581

For directions on the proper handling of the sonar sensors, please refer to the following page.
Sonar Sensors* P. 565
The vehicle will release the brake and start moving a few seconds after the system is activated. To keep the vehicle stopped, keep the brake pedal depressed or put the transmission into (P.
In order to prevent the system from activating when not needed, always turn it off during vehicle maintenance, when loading on ships, trucks, and so on, or when using a chassis dynamometer, free rollers for inspection or when washing the car in conveyor type car wash machine. If you put any accessories on or around the rear sensors, the Low Speed Braking Control System may activate if it detects these accessories as an obstacle. In this case, turn off the rear sensor.
Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 581

Assistive driving power suppression
When the vehicle is stopped or moving at less than 6 mph (10 km/h) and there is an obstacle such as a wall detected near the front of or back of the vehicle, if the accelerator pedal is depressed more than necessary, the system will inform you with a visual and audible alert. At the same time, the system will prevent sudden forward or backwards movement by limiting the output of the engine, then assistive braking will activate when you get closer to the obstacle.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 02

Assistive driving power suppression will not activate in the following situations. When moving forward: When on a steep slope or the shift position is in (P, (R, or (N. When reversing: When on a steep slope or the shift position is in a position other than (R. If the only rear sensors are turned off using the parking sensor system, the assistive driving power suppression will not work when reversing.
Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 581

System On and OffACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 03

When you turn the system on and off, do the following.

  1. Press the safety support switch.
  2. Roll the right selector wheel to the symbol and push it.
  3. A message appears on the driver information interface when the system turns on or off.
  4. A check mark appears in the box and the color of the symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.

The system is turned on every time you start the power system, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111
The Low Speed Braking Control system may temporarily turn off after reconnecting the 12-volt battery. The system will automatically turn ON after the vehicle has been moving at over 12 mph (20 km/h) for some time. If the system does not turn on, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Conditions for Cancellation
Conditions for assistive driving power suppression.

  • When the accelerator is no longer depressed.
  • When the accelerator is depressed for approximately four seconds.
  • When the brake pedal is depressed.
  • When the steering wheel is turned and a collision avoided.

Conditions for assistive braking cancellation
A certain amount of time has passed since activation.

Low Speed Braking Control System Conditions and Limitations

The system may not operate correctly in the following conditions:

Examples of obstacles the sonar sensor cannot detect

  • Obstacles that do not reflect sound waves well, such as people, snow, cloth, sponges, etc.
  • Thin obstacles such as fences, bicycles, sign posts, etc.
  • Short or small obstacles.
  • Obstacles immediately in front of the bumper.
  • Moving objects or obstacles that suddenly enter the road.
  • Obstacles that are not perpendicular to the ground.

After Low Speed Braking Control has activated once, it will not activate again for the same obstacle. They can be activated again after driving for a certain distance after last activation. Low Speed Braking Control activates separately when moving forward and reversing. (For example, if it activates when moving forward, it can be activated again immediately if reversing.) However, if assistive braking has been activated, in order to activate assistive driving power suppression again, it is necessary to drive for a certain distance to reset the system.

Examples of situations where the sonar sensor cannot detect obstacles

  • The sonar sensor is dirty (covered by snow, water, mud, etc.).
  • The vehicle is too hot or cold.
  • The steering wheel is turned sharply when approaching the obstacle at an angle.

Examples of other cases where the system may not work correctly

  • The vehicle is tilted due to heavy load or suspension modifications.
  • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong size, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.).
  • Bad weather conditions such as heavy rain, fog, snow, sandstorms, etc.
  • The ambient temperature/humidity is too high or low.
  • When going down a very steep slope.
  • When close to other vehicles with sonar sensors or other objects that emit ultrasonic waves.

Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)

  • The EAS is malfunctioning.

Situations where the system may activate even without risk of a collision

  • When passing through short or narrow gates.
  • When driving on uneven surfaces, grassy areas, or places with steps.
  • When a sloped pillar or wall is protruding from a high position.
  • When there are obstacles next to the road.
  • When driving toward flags, curtains, tree branches, railroad crossing bars, etc.
    When driving on flooded roads.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with Low Speed Follow slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake lights will illuminate.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 04

  • Vehicle speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low Speed Follow operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
    No vehicle is detected within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low Speed Follow operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
  • Shift position for ACC with Low Speed Follow: In (D or (S.

WARNING
Improper use of ACC with Low Speed Follow can lead to a crash. Use ACC with Low Speed Follow only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good road and weather conditions.

WARNING
ACC with Low Speed Follow has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you. Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require.

Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with Low Speed Follow. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.

How to activate the systemACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 05

For directions on the proper handling of the radar sensor, refer to the following page.
Radar Sensor P. 564
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
Front Sensor Camera P. 562
ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly under certain conditions.
ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 519
When not using ACC with Low Speed Follow: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the button.
Do not use ACC with Low Speed Follow under the following conditions.

  • Driving in continuous stop and go traffic.
  • On roads with sharp turns.
  • On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, ACC with Low Speed Follow will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed.
  • On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access.

To Set the Vehicle Speed

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 06

When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with Low Speed Follow begins. The vehicle stability assist TM (VSA®) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the gauge between mph and km/h.
Gauge Settings P. 116
Customized Features P. 351

When driving slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. While stationary and a vehicle is ahead of you, the vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal depressed.ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 07

When ACC with Low Speed Follow starts operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed appear on the gauge. When you use ACC with Low Speed Follow, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering system) is activated. By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.

When in Operation

There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with Low Speed Follow monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with Low Speed Follow range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with Low Speed Follow system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
To Set or Change Following-interval P. 523

2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 513

When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed is detected in front of you, your vehicle starts to slow down.

 

If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, a beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display, and the head-up warning lights* flash.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 58

Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate interval from the vehicle ahead.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 02

There is no vehicle ahead.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 03

Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
ACC with Low Speed Follow stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following interval while a vehicle ahead is within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.

Even if the interval between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with Low Speed Follow may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances:

  • The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
    A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval between the vehicles.

You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with Low Speed Follow detecting range. A vehicle detect beep on and off can be selected.
Customized Features P. 351

You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe interval when using ACC with Low Speed Follow. Additionally, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly under certain conditions.
ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations P. 519

A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and slows to a stop

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 04 ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 05Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the multi-information display.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, if you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with Low Speed Follow will operate again within the previously set speed.
If no vehicle is ahead of you before you resume driving, depressing the accelerator pedal will resume operation of ACC with Low Speed Follow within the prior set speed.

WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with Low Speed Follow system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.

ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC with Low Speed Follow functions.
Front Sensor Camera P. 562
Radar Sensor P. 564

Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

Vehicle conditions

  • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
    An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.).
    The camera temperature gets too high.
    The parking brake is applied.
    The radar sensor cover is dirty.
    The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
    Tire chains are installed.
    The vehicle is towing a trailer.

The EAS is malfunctioning.
Not available on all models

The radar sensor for ACC with Low Speed Follow is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 495

Detection limitations

  • A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
    The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
    A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
    You accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high speed.
    The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
    There are animals in front of your vehicle.
    You drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 64

  • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is significantly large.
    An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
  • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).

    • Driving through a narrow metal bridge.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 65

  • The vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
    The vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 66

  • Your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering wheel.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 67

  • Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
  • If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
When you depress the accelerator pedal and then press down and release the SET/– switch, the current speed of the vehicle is set.

To Set or Change Following-interval
Press the interval button to change the ACC with Low Speed Follow following-interval. Each time you press the button, the following-interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through extra long, long, middle, and short following-intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following-interval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 06

The higher your vehicle following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference.

Following-intervalWhen the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h)65 mph (104 km/h)
ShortACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 0783 feet

25 meters

1.1 sec

100 feet

31 meters

1.1 sec

MiddleACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 08110 feet

33 meters

1.5 sec

137 feet

42 meters

1.5 sec

LongACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 09154 feet

47 meters

2.1 sec

200 feet

61 meters

2.1 sec

Extra LongACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 10213 feet

63 meters

2.9 sec

282 feet

83 meters

2.9 sec

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with Low Speed Follow interval setting.

To Cancel
To cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow, do any of the following:

  • Press the CANCEL button.
    • The ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 63indicator (green) on the multi- information display changes to the indicator (white).
  • Press the indicator ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 63 (green) goes off.
  • Depress the brake pedal while the vehicle is moving forward.
    • The ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 63 indicator (green) on the multi- information display changes to the indicator (white).

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with Low Speed Follow, you can activate the ACC with Low Speed Follow with the prior set speed displayed on the multi-information display (in gray) by pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch up even if the vehicle is stopped.
When you turn the ACC with Low Speed Follow off by pressing the CANCEL button or depressing the brake pedal, the prior set speed is displayed on the multi-information display in gray.
When pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch, the ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated with displayed speed.
If the indicator ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 63 (white) is displayed and you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up, but no prior set speed (in gray) is displayed, the speed will be set to your vehicle’s current speed.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 12

The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with Low Speed Follow has been turned off using the ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 63button. Press the ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 63button to activate the system, then set the desired speed.

Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC to automatically cancel:

  • Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
    The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
    An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
    Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
    Abrupt steering wheel movement.
    When the ABS, VSA®, CMBSTM, or Low Speed Braking Control is activated.
    When the VSA® system indicator comes on.
    When you manually apply the parking brake.
    When vehicle speed is less than 22 mph (35 km/h).
    Water is sprayed by or snow blown from a vehicle ahead.
    Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
    When the detected vehicle within the ACC range is too close to your vehicle.
    When accelerating rapidly.
    The front of the camera is covered by dirt, fog, rain, mud, wet snow, seals, accessories, stickers, or film on the windshield.
    The engine is turned off.
    The vehicle is loaded heavy load in the cargo area or rear seats.
    When passing through a dark place, such as tunnel.
    When the parking brake and brake system indicator (amber) comes on.
    The vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes to maintain the set speed (for example, you are descending a long slope).

The ACC with Low Speed Follow automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.

  • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
    The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
    The engine is turned off.
    Not available on all models

To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 13

Press and hold the Interval button for one second. Cruise mode selected appears on the driver information interface for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise.
TheACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62 indicator comes on.

  • Green: The system is on.
    White: The system is standby.
    To switch back to ACC, press and hold the Interval button again for one second.

When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h).

To Set the Vehicle Speed
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/− switch up or down when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the RES/+/SET/− switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The color of ACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62indicator changes from white to green.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the multi-information display or audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
Gauge Settings P. 116
Customized Features P. 351

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

  • Each time you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
    If you keep the RES/+/SET/– switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

To Cancel
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:

  • Press the CANCEL ACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62 button.
    • The indicator (green) on the gauge changes to the ACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62 indicator (white).
  • Press the button.
    • The ACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62indicator (green) goes off.
  • Depress the brake pedal.
  • TheACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62 indicator (green) on the gauge changes to the ACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62 indicator (white).

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled cruise control, you can activate the cruise control with the prior set speed displayed on the gauge (in gray) by pressing the RES/+/SET/− switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
When you turn the cruise control off by pressing the CANCEL button or depressing the brake pedal, the prior set speed is displayed on the gauge in gray. When pressing the RES/+/SET/− switch up, the cruise control is activated with displayed speed.
If theACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62 indicator (white) is displayed and you press the RES/+/SET/− switch up, but no prior set speed (in gray) is displayed, the speed will be set to your vehicle’s current speed.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 12

You cannot set or resume in the following situations:

  • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
  • When the buttonACURA Integra 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 62 is turned off
    At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise mode is canceled automatically.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to either of the lane lines.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 15

  • When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off.
    If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not an autonomous driving system and always requires driver attention and control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on expressways or freeways.
Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 535
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
Front Sensor Camera  P. 562

Lane Keep Support Function
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 77

Lane Departure Warning Function
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well as a warning display.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 78

The LKAS may not function as designed while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the system will recover automatically.

When the System can be Used
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.

  • The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
    The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
    You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
    The turn signals are off.
    The brake pedal is not depressed.
    The wipers are not in high speed operation.

How to activate the system

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 16

  1. Press the LKAS button.
    • LKAS indicator (white) appears on the gauge.
      The system is standby.
    • If traffic lane lines are detected, white lines appear on the gauge.
      If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
  2. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving.
    • The LKAS indicator changes from white to green, and white lines change to green once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refue

 

To Cancel

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 81

Press the LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

The system operation is suspended if you:

  • Set the wipers to HI.
    • Turning the wipers off or setting it to LO resumes the LKAS.
      Models with automatic intermittent wipers
  • Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the wipers operate at high speed.
    • The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop or operate at low speed.
  • Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less.
    • Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45 mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.
    • Depress the brake pedal.
    • The LKAS resumes and starts detecting the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.
    • The LKAS resumes and starts detecting the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.
      Your vehicle is driving to the right or the left of the lane.

You can change the setting for the LKAS.
LKAS suspended beep on and off can be selected.
Customized Features P. 351

The LKAS may be automatically suspended when:

  • The system fails to detect lane lines.
    The steering wheel is quickly turned.
    You fail to steer the vehicle.
    Driving through a sharp curve.
    Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h). Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

The LKAS may be automatically canceled when:

The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty.
The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.

LKAS Conditions and Limitations
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of the lane under certain conditions, including the following:

Environmental conditions

  • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
    Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
    There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
    Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
    Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
    Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
    Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
    Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
    Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
    Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Roadway conditions

  • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
    Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 83

  • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines, such as at an intersection or crosswalk.
    The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 83

  • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
    The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
    Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
  • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white (or yellow) lines.
    Driving on roads with double lines.
  • ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 85
  • Vehicle conditions

Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
The inside of the windshield is fogged.
The camera temperature gets too high.
An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.).
The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
The vehicle is towing a trailer.

Traffic Jam Assist

The Traffic Jam Assist system uses a radar sensor mounted inside the front grille and a camera mounted to the upper portion of the windshield to detect and monitor left and right white or yellow traffic lane lines as well as any vehicle ahead. Based on inputs from the radar sensor and camera, the system can adjust the speed of your vehicle to maintain a set interval between your vehicle and the one detected ahead. It also can apply steering torque to keep your vehicle in the center of the detected lane when you are driving in heavy traffic.

How Traffic Jam Assist works
If you are in heavy traffic and Adaptive Cruise Control with Low Speed Follow is active, the Traffic Jam Assist system, upon detecting the traffic lane lines and a vehicle ahead, will apply steering torque to help keep your vehicle in the center of the lane.
The system adjusts the speed of your vehicle to maintain a set interval between your vehicle and the one detected ahead.

WARNING
Improper reliance on Traffic Jam Assist can cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Always maintain full control over your vehicle even when this system is active. and only use when on expressways or freeways. Traffic Jam Assist is not an autonomous driving system.

WARNING
Failure to securely park vehicle when stopped while Adaptive Cruise Control with Low Speed Follow is active can allow the vehicle to roll away, resulting in a crash causing injury or death.
Never stop the vehicle and exit it without placing it in Park and setting the parking brake.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 20When you use the turn signal to indicate a lane change, Traffic Jam Assist is temporarily deactivated. It is reactivated once the vehicle is traveling in the center of the lane and the system has detected the traffic lane lines and a vehicle ahead.

When the driver takes direct control of steering, the steering assist function is temporarily canceled.
The torque applied to steering may not be noticeable when the driver has direct control of steering, or when the surface of the road is rough or uneven.

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
Front Sensor Camera P. 562
Traffic Jam Assist may not always be able to detect lane division lines or a vehicle traveling ahead. Depending on weather and road conditions and other factors, Traffic Jam Assist may not function normally. Always be aware of your surroundings and the road conditions, and conduct yourself in a manner conducive to safe driving. Traffic Jam Assist may not function properly when you are driving through a sharp curve or repeatedly accelerating and decelerating.
Traffic Jam Assist may not work properly under the certain conditions:
Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and limitations P. 545

Traffic Jam Assist Activation
Traffic Jam Assist is activated when all of the following circumstances exist:

  • LKAS is active.
    ACC with Low Speed Follow is active.
    The vehicle speed is between 0 and 45mph (0 and 72km/h) and there is a vehicle detected traveling ahead.
    The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
    You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
    The driver is gripping the steering wheel.
  • Do not use Traffic Jam Assist in any of the following situations:
  • You are traveling on a road with sharp curves.
    •  The system may not allow your vehicle to respond in a manner best suited for the road conditions.
  • You are entering a toll booth, interchange, service area, or parking area.
  • If the vehicle ahead disappears from the travel path of your vehicle, your vehicle may suddenly accelerate to resume the set speed.
  • You are driving in adverse weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
    • The system may not be able to correctly determine the interval between your vehicle and the one ahead.
  • The surface of the road is slippery, for example, it is icy or covered with snow.
    • The tires may slip, causing you to lose control of the vehicle.
  • You are driving in a HOV lane and motorcycles are passing you to the side, or you are required to keep your vehicle to the right or the left of the lane.
    • The system may not be able to correctly determine the vehicle ahead.

Refer to the following page for proper handling of the Adaptive Cruise Control with Low Speed Follow:

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow P. 512
Refer to the following page for proper handling of the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS):
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 529
Refer to the following page for steering buttons and displays:
Operation Switches for the ACC with Low Speed Follow/LKAS/Traffic Jam Assist P. 491

How Traffic Jam Assist Works
When a vehicle is traveling ahead
When a vehicle ahead of yours is detected entering the Traffic Jam Assist detection area, Traffic Jam Assist adjusts the speed of your vehicle to maintain the selected interval between your vehicle and the one ahead. It also applies steering torque to keep your vehicle in the center of the detected lane.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 28

If your vehicle veers too far to the right or the left of the white (yellow) traffic lane lines while Traffic Jam Assist is active, deactivate Traffic Jam Assist and have an authorized Acura dealer inspect your vehicle.
In some cases the system cannot properly detect the traffic lane lines and, as a result, will not provide steering assistance.
Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and limitations P. 545
If the driver takes his or her hands off the steering wheel or does not adequately maintain control of steering, the warning below will appear.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 29

If the driver does not grip the steering wheel after the warning above has repeatedly appeared, a warning buzzer will sound and Traffic Jam Assist will be canceled.
You can have the head-up display* show you the current state of Traffic Jam Assist.
Head-Up Display* P. 125

Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving.

  • Traffic Jam Assist will be activated once the camera has detected the white
    (yellow) traffic lane lines on either side of the lane and the radar sensor and camera have detected a vehicle driving ahead.
    The lane outlines change to solid ones and a vehicle icon appears on the gauge.
  • ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide30
  • When no vehicle is traveling ahead
    If the vehicle detected ahead disappears from the travel path of your vehicle (for example, it changes lanes), Traffic Jam Assist will be deactivated temporarily and your vehicle will gradually accelerate until it reaches the set speed, after which it will maintain that speed.

    • ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide31
  • If the vehicle detected ahead suddenly slows down, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of yours, a warning buzzer will sound, and a warning in the driver information interface and head-up warning* will appear.
  • Depress the brake pedal and take direct control of steering.
  • ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide32
  • Canceling Traffic Jam Assist
  • To cancel Traffic Jam Assist, you can do any of the following:
  • Press the button.
  • Press the LKAS button.
    When the ACC with Low Speed Follow is deactivated.

When Traffic Jam Assist may automatically be suspended when:
The system is temporarily canceled automatically under the following circumstances.

  • The system fails to detect lane lines.
    The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
    The steering wheel is turned quickly.
    You fail to steer the vehicle.
    The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 28

  • The wipers are set to high.
    The interval between your vehicle and the one traveling ahead is over 197 feet (60m).

If you are traveling slower than the vehicle detected ahead or a vehicle that is detected cutting in front of you and the interval between your vehicle and the detected vehicle gradually increases, your vehicle will continue to follow that vehicle without emitting any warning, even if the interval between the vehicle is minimal.

You are traveling over 45mph (72km/h). When the speed of the vehicle reaches 45mph (72km/h), Traffic Jam Assist is deactivated and LKAS is activated instead. Once the speed of the vehicle drops to under 40mph (64 km/h), Traffic Jam Assist is reactivated.

When Traffic Jam Assist may automatically be canceled when:
It is possible that under any of the following circumstances, lane outlines representing traffic lane lines will appear in the gauge, a buzzer will sound, and Traffic Jam Assist will be canceled.

  • The temperature of the camera is too high.
    The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, is dirty.

Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and limitations
Under the following circumstances, some features of Traffic Jam Assist may not work.

Vehicle conditions

  • The front grille is dirty.
    Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
    The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
    The inside of the windshield is fogged up.
    Your vehicle is fitted with tires or wheels of differing size, type, or structure, or the tires are not properly inflated.
    The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
    The interval between your vehicle and the detected vehicle ahead of you is too short.
    Snow chains are installed on the tires.
    The vehicle is towing a trailer.

Environmental conditions

  • Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
    You are driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
    Strong light is reflected onto your vehicle or the roadway.
    Brightness in the immediate are suddenly changes between light and dark, such as at the an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
    The road has puddles or the surface of the road is shiny due to recent rainfall.
    Shadows are cast across the lane lines (e.g., trees, buildings, guardrails, vehicle, etc.).
    Spray or snow coming off the vehicle ahead.
    Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Roadway conditions
Certain features of the road can interfere with proper camera operation. Here are some examples:

  • The lines are not very distinguishable from the surface of the road.
    The section of the road has lane restrictions or temporarily marked lanes.
    The lines are faded, removed lines remain visible next to newer lines (duplicate lines), or the road is marked with tire tracks.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide33

  • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk).
    The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or of inconsistent width.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide34

  • The lane lines are partly concealed by your vehicle or another vehicle.
    The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
    The vehicle is shaking considerably because of an uneven road surface, etc.
    Objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines).
    The lines appear distorted or they briefly disappear out of the camera detection range due to an uneven road surface.
    The road is unpaved, or has a rough or bumpy surface.
    The roads has double lines.
    The surface of the road is slippery due to icy or snowy conditions.
    Sections of the paved road are obscured by puddles or snow.
    The road has ruts.
  • The section of the road branches off or merges with another road.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide 19

Certain features of the road can interfere with proper radar sensor operation. Here are some examples:

  • The road has curves, undulations, slopes, etc.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide35

  • The radar beam is reflecting off multiple items that are within close proximity of your vehicle. This can happen when you are driving, for example, across a narrow truss bridge.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide36

Detection limitations

  • The vehicle ahead suddenly accelerates.
    The vehicle ahead is a panel truck or a vehicle whose shape is not of standard dimensions.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide37

  • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
    The ground clearance of the vehicle ahead is unusually high.

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide38

  • A vehicle suddenly cuts in front of yours.

Road Departure Mitigation System

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.

How the System Works
The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane.
Customized Features P. 351

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display.

If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking.

    • Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines.

The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.

When you use the turn signal to indicate a lane change, Traffic Jam Assist is temporarily deactivated. It is reactivated once the vehicle is traveling in the center of the lane and the system has detected the traffic lane lines.

The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.

ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 86Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the Road Departure Mitigation system has limitations.
Overreliance on the Road Departure Mitigation system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.
The Road Departure Mitigation system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The Road Departure Mitigation system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
Front Sensor Camera P. 562
The Road Departure Mitigation system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
Road Departure Mitigation Conditions and Limitations  P. 554
There are times when you may not notice the Road Departure Mitigation functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions.

The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.

If LKAS is off and you have selected Narrow from the customized options using the audio/information screen, the message below will appear in case the system determines a possibility of your vehicle crossing over detected lane markings.
Customized Features P. 351

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide39

In the following case, a beeper sounds, a message related to the ACC with Low Speed Follow/ACC appears on the driver information interface, and the braking function controlled by the Road Departure Mitigation system is canceled.

  • The vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes to maintain the set speed (for example, you are descending a long slope).

How the System Activates
The system activates when all of the following conditions are met:

  • The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
    The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
    The turn signals are off.
    The brake pedal is not depressed.
    The wipers are not in high speed operation.
    The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating, braking, or steering.

The Road Departure Mitigation system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on.
Indicators P. 86
Road Departure Mitigation system function can be impacted when the vehicle is:

Not driven within a traffic lane.
Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of a lane.
Driven in a narrow lane.

Road Departure Mitigation On and Off

ACURA MDX 2023 Brakes and Refueling User Guide40 When you turn the Road Departure Mitigation on and off, do the following.

  1. Press the safety support switch.
  2. Roll the right selector wheel to the ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 88symbol and push it.
    • The message appears on the multi-information display when the system turns on or off.
    • A check mark appears in the box and the color of the ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 88 symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the ACURA RDX 2023 Brakes a03nd Refueling User Manual 88 symbol changes gray when the system is off.

When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the audio/information screen, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.
Customized Features P. 351
You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
Driver Information Interface (Right Side
Area) P. 111
The vehicle stability assistTM (VSA®) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Road Departure Mitigation Conditions and Limitations
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

Environmental conditions

  • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
    Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
    There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
    Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
    Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
    Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
    Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
    Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
    Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
    Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Roadway conditions

  • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
    Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
    Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings.
    The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk).
    The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
    The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
    The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
    Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
    When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white (or yellow) lines.
    Driving on roads with dou